Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Oak Valley Bancorp

Oak Valley Bancorp

ovly · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker ovly
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 225
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · Oak Valley Bancorp
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Rooted in Community
Growing Together
OAK VALLEY BANCORP | ANNUAL REPORT 2024

Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
2021
2020
Interest income
$
82,894
$
80,066
$
 $61,195 
$
49,806
$
46,110
Interest expense
 12,860 
4,864
 1,119 
971
1,153
Net interest income
 70,034 
75,802
 60,076 
48,835
44,957
(Reversal of) provision for credit losses
 (1,620)
970
 (1,350)
(635)
2,165
Non-interest income
 6,555 
6,631
 5,571 
5,426
4,815
Non-interest expense
 46,017 
41,157
 37,308 
33,219
29,864
Net income before income taxes
 32,192 
40,306
 29,689 
21,677
17,743
Provision for income taxes
 7,244 
9,458
 6,787 
5,340
4,056
Net income
$
 24,948 
$
30,848
$
 22,902 
$
16,337
$
13,687
Net earnings per share (diluted)
$
 3.02 
$
3.75
$
 2.79 
$
 2.00 
$
 1.68 
Cash dividends paid per share
$
 0.45 
$
0.32
$
 0.30 
$
 0.29 
$
 0.28 
Cash dividends paid
$
 3,747 
$
2,646
$
 2,474 
$
2,385
$
2,299
Weighted average shares
 8,258,857 
8,230,892
 8,204,769 
8,178,740
8,138,528
     outstanding (diluted)
Year End Balance Sheet
Total assets
$ 1,900,604 
$ 1,842,422
$ 1,968,346 
$ 1,964,478
$ 1,511,478
Total earning assets
 1,815,256 
1,758,213
 1,892,873 
1,855,145
1,420,229
Gross loans
 1,106,535 
1,016,579
 915,758 
860,037
1,013,115
Cash and cash equivalents
 168,751 
216,568
 429,633 
778,267
226,656
Investment securities
 529,665 
521,210
 530,428 
266,280
220,589
Non-interest bearing deposits
$
583,261 
$
616,669
$
 705,488 
$
769,616
$
572,927
Interest bearing deposits
 1,112,429 
1,033,865
 1,108,809 
1,037,350
794,882
Total deposits
 1,695,690 
1,650,534
 1,814,297 
1,806,966
1,367,809
Total stockholders’ equity
 183,436 
166,092
 126,626 
142,612
129,694
(In thousands except for per share amounts)
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA - FIVE-YEAR SUMMARY

DEAR CUSTOMERS,
SHAREHOLDERS AND FRIENDS:
As we reflect on 2024, we are proud 
to share another year of remarkable 
achievements and continued growth. 
Our commitment to exceptional 
service and deep-rooted community 
engagement remains at the forefront of 
our operations, driving our success and 
fostering lasting relationships with our 
clients. By actively listening and adapting 
to our clients’ evolving needs, we’ve 
cultivated a collaborative, personalized 
approach that empowers individuals and 
businesses to reach their financial goals 
with confidence and ease.
For the year ended December 31, 2024, 
net income totaled $24.9 million, or 
$3.02 per diluted share, representing 
a decrease of 19.1% compared to 
$30.8 million or $3.75 per diluted 
share for 2023. The decrease to net 
income compared to the prior year is 
primarily due to an increase in deposit 
interest expense and general operating 
expenses. While Oak Valley has a solid 
core deposit base and an exceptionally 
low cost of funds relative to peer, we 
are not entirely immune to deposit rate 
pressures. The average cost of funds 
increased to 0.78% in 2024, compared 
to 0.28% in 2023. 
Total assets were $1.90 billion for the 
year ended December 31, 2024, an 
increase of $58.2 million, or 3.2%, over 
the prior year. Gross loans grew to $1.11 
billion at year-end, an increase of $90.0 
million, or 8.8%, over the prior year. Total 
deposits were $1.70 billion at year-end, 
an increase of $45.2 million, or 2.7%, 
over the prior year. Our liquidity position 
remains strong as evidenced by $168.8 
million in cash and cash equivalents 
balances at December 31, 2024. 
We are honored to recognize our teams 
for their outstanding performance and 
for earning a few notable accolades 
in 2024. During the year, we assisted 
community partners in applying for 
and securing over $2.1 million in FHLB 
Grants. In the spring, 
the bank was named 
one of the Best 
Places to Work in 
the Central Valley. In 
the fall, our lending 
and credit teams 
were recognized 
by Success 
Capital – Certified 
Development 
Corporation as the Most Active Bank for 
SBA 504 Lending in their region. 
We remained committed to elevating 
our digital customer experience. 
Building on the previous year’s website 
and online banking enhancements, 
we upgraded our mobile banking 
platforms for both retail and commercial 
clients. In addition, we launched our 
Financial Literacy and Wellness Center, 
a dynamic online resource providing 
a comprehensive suite of interactive 
tools, calculators, and coaching content 
designed to help our community 
members manage their finances and 
optimize their financial health. 
Perhaps the biggest initiative of 2024 
was the streamlining of 
our deposit products. 
By reintroducing free 
checking and free 
business checking 
products and 
lowering the barriers 
to opening other 
checking and savings accounts, we have 
created a more accessible, customer-
friendly banking experience. This update 
was designed to ensure every client can 
select accounts that best suit their needs 
and financial goals. 
In 2025, the bank 
announced plans to 
expand our footprint with 
a new branch in Lodi. This 
expansion represents 
more than just growth—
it’s an opportunity to 
welcome new clients and 
offer added convenience 
to those we already serve. 
We look forward to introducing our 
unique brand of premier service to even 
more individuals and businesses.
Oak Valley Community Bank is 
committed to providing the financial 
guidance and resources to help clients 
confidently navigate both new heights 
and moments of uncertainty. We believe 
in the strength of community and the 
resilience of local businesses. We take 
great pride in knowing that our branches 
are staffed with dedicated bankers who 
are genuinely invested in helping you 
and your business thrive.
Thank you for your business, support, 
and investment. We appreciate the 
opportunity to serve our clients and 
assist them in achieving their goals. By 
working together, we aim to align our 
objectives with those of our customers 
and flourish together.
Sincerely,
Christopher M. Courtney
Chief Executive Officer
We believe in 
the strength of 
community and 
the resilience of 
local businesses.

Allison C. Lafferty
Chairman of the Board
Daniel L. Leonard
Vice Chairman of the Board 
Compensation Committee 
Chair
Donald L. Barton
Investment Committee Chair
Christopher M. Courtney
Chief Executive Officer
Lynn R. Dickerson
CRA Committee Chair 
James L. Gilbert
Nominating Committee Chair
Thomas A. Haidlen 
H. Randolph Holder	
Loan Committee Chair
Richard A. McCarty
Janet S. Pelton
Audit Committee Chair
Gary J. Strong
Danny L. Titus
Terrance P. Withrow
DIRECTORS EMERITUS
Michael Q. Jones
Ronald C. Martin
Richard J. Vaughan
IN MEMORIAM
Barry M. Jett
Arne J. Knudsen
Romain J. Schonhoff
Roger M. Schrimp
BANK OFFICERS
BRANCHES
DIRECTORS
INDEPENDENT 
AUDITORS
RSM US LLP
13155 Noel Road, Suite 2200
Dallas, TX 75240
LEGAL COUNSEL
Matteo G. Daste
Mayer Brown
575 Market St, Ste 2500
San Francisco, CA 94105
CORRESPONDENT 
BANK
Pacific Coast Bankers’ Bank
340 Pine St, Ste 401
San Francisco, CA 94104
MARKET MAKER
John Cavender
Raymond James & Associates
415.616.8935
OAKDALE
209.848.BANK (2265)
SONORA-DOWNTOWN
209.396.7720
SONORA-EAST
209.532.7100
MODESTO-12TH & I
209.549.BANK (2265)
MODESTO-DALE
209.758.8000
MODESTO-MCHENRY
209.579.3360
TURLOCK
209.633.2850
PATTERSON
209.892.5757
STOCKTON
209.320.7850
RIPON
209.599.9430
ESCALON
209.821.3070
MANTECA
209.249.7360
TRACY
209.834.3340
SACRAMENTO
916.260.5800
ROSEVILLE
916.306.8336
LODI 
Opening 2025
www.ovcb.com
OAK VALLEY 
COMMUNITY BANK
EASTERN SIERRA
COMMUNITY BANK
BRIDGEPORT
Interactive Teller
760.932.7926
MAMMOTH LAKES
760.924.0990
BISHOP
760.874.BANK (2265)
www.escbank.com
Christopher M. Courtney
Chief Executive Officer
Richard A. McCarty
President and
Chief Operating Officer
Kim Booke
EVP Chief Risk Officer
Julie DeHart
EVP Retail Banking
Jeff Gall
EVP Chief Financial Officer
Corporate Secretary
Cathy Ghan
EVP Commercial Real 
Estate
Theresa Roland
EVP Chief Human 
Resources Officer
Mike Rodrigues
EVP Chief Credit Officer
Russell Stahl
EVP Chief Information 
Officer
Gary Stephens
EVP Commercial Banking
Shariel Badal 
SVP Credit Administration 
Peter Brown
SVP Commercial Banking
Lynette Fletcher
SVP Commercial Banking
Jeff Hushaw
SVP Commercial Banking
Matthew Morgado
SVP Commercial Banking
Bill Nunes
SVP Marketing
Aaron Page
SVP Credit Administrator
Michael Petrucelli
SVP Commercial Banking
Linda Spinelli
SVP Central Operations
OFFICERS
Manteca
Escalon
Tracy
Stockton
Sonora
Turlock
Patterson
Modesto
Oakdale
Bridgeport
Mammoth 
Lakes
Fresno
Bishop
Sacramento
Ripon
San 
Francisco
Lodi
Roseville
TRANSFER AGENT 
AND REGISTRAR
Computershare
250 Royall St
Canton, MA 02021
800.962.4284

  
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
 
FORM 10-K 
 
 
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 
 
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
 
 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024 
 
 
OR 
 
 
 
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 
 
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
 
Commission File Number: 001-34142 
 
OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 
 
California 
 
26-2326676 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 
 
 
 
125 North Third Avenue 
Oakdale, California 
 
95361 
(Address of principal executive offices) 
 
(Zip Code) 
 
(209) 848-2265 
(Registrant’s telephone number including area code) 
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 
 
Title of each class 
Trading Symbol 
Name of each exchange on which registered 
Common Stock 
OVLY 
The Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC 
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 
 
None 
(Title of class) 
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes         No   
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.  Yes   No   
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 
days.           Yes                                            No   
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-
T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).      
Yes                                            No   
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging 
growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the 
Exchange Act. 
Large accelerated filer  
Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer  
Smaller reporting company  
Emerging growth company  
 
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised 
financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐ 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over 
financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit 
report. 
 
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the 
filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.   ☐ 
 
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of 
the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b).   ☐ 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).   Yes         No   
 
As of June 30, 2024, the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common 
stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based upon the closing price of $24.97 per share of the registrant’s common stock as reported by the Nasdaq, was 
approximately $173 million. As of December 31, 2024, there were 8,357,211 shares of common stock outstanding.  
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 
 
Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders will be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of the Registrant’s 
2024 fiscal year end and are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report. 
 
 

 
2 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 
PART I 
ITEM 1 - 
BUSINESS 
4
ITEM 1A - 
RISK FACTORS 
22
ITEM 1B - 
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 
35
ITEM 1C - 
CYBERSECURITY  
36
ITEM 2 - 
PROPERTIES 
37
ITEM 3 - 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 
37
ITEM 4 -  
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES  
37
PART II 
ITEM 5 - 
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 
38
ITEM 6 - 
[RESERVED] 
38
ITEM 7 - 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS 
39
ITEM 7A - 
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 
59
ITEM 8 - 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 
61
ITEM 9 - 
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE 
61
ITEM 9A - 
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 
61
ITEM 9B - 
OTHER INFORMATION 
62
ITEM 9C - 
DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS 
62
PART III 
ITEM 10 - 
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
63
ITEM 11 - 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 
63
ITEM 12 - 
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 
64
ITEM 13 - 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 
64
ITEM 14 - 
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 
64
 
PART IV 
 
ITEM 15 - 
EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 
64
ITEM 16 -  
FORM 10-K SUMMARY 
65
SIGNATURES 
66
 
 
 
 
 

 
3 
 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 
 
This Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Annual Report”) includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 
27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “1933 Act”) and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended, (the “1934 Act”).  
 
All statements contained in this Annual Report other than statements of historical fact, including, for example, statements 
regarding descriptions of plans or objectives of management for future operations, products or services, forecasts of our revenues, 
earnings or other measures of economic performance, our assessment of significant factors and developments that may affect our 
results, regulatory controls and processes and their impact on our business, our business strategy and plans and our objectives for 
future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “potentially,” “estimate,” “forecast,” 
“continue” “anticipate,” “target,” “intend,” “could,” “would,” “project,” “plan,” “goal,” “outlook,” “expect,” and similar expressions 
that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes are intended to identify forward-looking statements. 
 
We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends. 
These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, that are difficult to predict the 
impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition. You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking 
statement and should consider the following risks and uncertainties listed  and those more fully described in Part I, Item 1A. “Risk 
Factors” and Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Annual 
Report. Factors that could cause actual results to differ from results discussed in forward-looking statements include, but are not 
limited to: the credit exposure of certain loan products and other components of our business that could be impacted by the changing 
economic and business conditions; changes in monetary, fiscal or tax policy to address changing economic conditions including 
interest rate policies of the Federal Reserve Board, any of which could cause us to incur additional loan losses and adversely affect our 
results of operations in the future; economic conditions (both generally and in the markets where the Company operates) including 
unemployment levels, energy prices, inflation, supply chain issues, a decline in housing prices or collateral values, trade policies and 
tensions (including increased tariffs), geopolitical instability and the risk of a recession or slowed economic growth in the United 
States economy; the continuing impact of the changing economic conditions on our employees and customers, including consumer 
income, creditworthiness, confidence, spending and savings; the success of our efforts to mitigate the impact of the changing 
economic conditions; competition from other providers of financial services offered by the Company and our response to competitive 
pressures; changes in government regulation and legislation; the impact of any failure by the U.S. government to increase the debt 
ceiling or any federal government shutdown; changes in interest rates and interest rate fluctuations; volatility in the capital markets; 
the amount and rate of deposit growth and changes in deposit costs; material unforeseen changes in the financial stability and liquidity 
of the Company’s credit customers; risks associated with concentrations in real estate related loans; our ability to maintain adequate 
capital or liquidity levels or to comply with revised capital or liquidity requirements; changes in accounting standards and 
interpretations; changes in the level and direction of loan delinquencies and write-offs and changes in estimates of the adequacy of the 
allowance for credit losses; the soundness of other financial institutions, including disruptions, instability and failures in the banking 
industry; physical or transition risks related to climate change; cybersecurity risks and heightened legislative and regulatory focus on 
cybersecurity and data privacy; and other risks as may be detailed from time to time in the Company’s filings with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission, all of which are difficult to predict and which may be beyond the control of the Company.   
 
Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment, and new risks emerge from time to time. It is 
not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which 
any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking 
statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances 
discussed in this Annual Report may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or 
implied in the forward-looking statements. 
 
You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the 
expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, 
performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur.  Forward-looking 
statements speak only as of the date they are made, and we do not undertake to update forward-looking statements to reflect 
circumstances or events that occur after the date the forward-looking statements are made, whether as a result of new information, 
future developments or otherwise, except as may be required by law. You should read this Annual Report with the understanding that 
our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we 
expect.  

 
4 
 
PART I 
 
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS OF OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
 
Overview of the Business 
 
Oak Valley Bancorp. Oak Valley Bancorp (the “Company”) serves as the parent bank holding company of Oak Valley 
Community Bank (the “Bank”), a California state-chartered bank. The Bank and the Company may be generally referred to as “we”, 
“us” or “our”).  The Company was incorporated under the laws of the State of California on May 31, 1990, and began operations in 
Oakdale, California on May 28, 1991. 
 
The Company’s only assets are the outstanding capital stock of the Bank, which the Company wholly owns, cash and income tax 
benefits receivable classified as other assets. 
 
Oak Valley Community Bank. The Bank commenced operations in May 1991.  The Bank is an insured bank under the Federal 
Deposit Insurance Act and is a member of the Federal Reserve.  The Bank is subject to regulation, supervision and regular 
examination by the California Department of Financial Protection and Innovation (“DFPI”), the Federal Deposit Insurance 
Commission (“FDIC”) and the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”). Since its formation, the Bank has provided basic banking services to 
individuals and business enterprises in Oakdale, California and the surrounding areas. The focus of the Bank is to offer a range of 
commercial banking services designed for both individuals and small to medium-sized businesses in the two main areas of service of 
the Bank: the Central Valley and the Eastern Sierras. 
 
The Bank offers a complement of business checking and savings accounts for its business customers.  The Bank also offers 
commercial and real estate loans, as well as lines of credit.  Real estate loans are generally of a short-term nature for both residential 
and commercial lending purposes.  Longer-term real estate loans are generally made with adjustable interest rates and contain 
customary provisions for acceleration.  Traditional residential mortgages are available to Bank customers through a third party. 
 
The Bank offers other services for both individuals and businesses including online banking, remote deposit capture, mobile 
banking, merchant services, night depository, extended hours, wire transfer of funds, note collection, and automated teller machines in 
a national network.  The Bank does not currently offer international banking or trust services although the Bank may make such 
services available to the Bank’s customers through financial institutions with which the Bank has correspondent banking 
relationships.  The Bank does not offer stock transfer services, nor does it directly issue credit cards. 
 
 
Expansion 
 
Branch Expansion.    Since opening the doors of our main Oakdale branch in 1991, our network of branches have been expanded 
geographically. As of December 31, 2024, we maintained eighteen full-service branch offices (in addition to our corporate 
headquarters) located in the cities of Oakdale, Sonora, Modesto, Bridgeport, Mammoth Lakes, Bishop, Escalon, Patterson, Turlock, 
Ripon, Stockton, Manteca, Tracy, Sacramento, and Roseville in California. We intend to continue our growth strategy in future years 
through the opening of additional branches and loan production offices as demand dictates and resources permit. 
 
 
Business Segments 
 
Management has determined that because all of the banking products and services offered by the Company are available in each 
branch of the Bank, all branches are located within the same economic environment, and management does not allocate resources 
based on the performance of different lending or transaction activities, it is appropriate to aggregate the Bank branches and report 
them as a single operating segment.  No customer accounts for more than 10 percent of revenues for the Company or the Bank. 
 
 
Primary Market Area 
 
We conduct business from our main office in Oakdale, a city of approximately 23,000 residents located in Stanislaus County, 
California. Oakdale is approximately 15 miles from Modesto and sits at the foothills of the Sierra Nevada Mountains, at the edge of 
the California Central Valley agricultural area.  Through our branches, we serve customers in the Central Valley, from Fresno to 
Sacramento, and in foothill locations. We also reach into the Highway 395 corridor in the Eastern Sierras and in the towns of Bishop, 
Mammoth and Bridgeport.  Approximately 99% of our loans and 90% of our deposits are generated from the Central Valley.  The 

 
5 
 
Central Valley area includes Stanislaus, San Joaquin, Tuolumne, Sacramento, and Placer counties and has a total population of over 5 
million. 
 
 
Lending Activities 
 
General.    Our loan policies set forth the basic guidelines and procedures by which we conduct our lending operations. These 
policies address the types of loans available, underwriting and collateral requirements, loan terms, interest rate and yield 
considerations, compliance with laws and regulations and our internal lending limits. Our Board of Directors reviews and approves 
our loan policies on an annual basis. We supplement our own supervision of the loan underwriting and approval process with periodic 
loan audits by experienced external loan specialists who review credit quality, loan documentation and compliance with laws and 
regulations. We engage in a full complement of lending activities, including: 
 
• commercial real estate loans, 
 
• commercial business lending and trade finance, 
 
• Small Business Administration lending, and 
 
• consumer loans, including automobile loans, home mortgages, credit lines and other personal loans. 
 
As part of our efforts to achieve long-term stable profitability and respond to a changing economic environment in the California 
Central Valley, we constantly evaluate a variety of options to augment our traditional focus by broadening the services and products 
we provide. Possible avenues of growth include more branch locations, expanded suite of technology-based services and new types of 
lending. 
 
Loan Procedures.    Loans are recommended for approval by the Senior Loan Committee, made up of our Board of Directors and 
designated executive officers of the bank, by joint management authority or by loan officers, to the extent of their lending authority. 
Our Board of Directors authorizes our lending limits. Our President and Chief Credit Officer are responsible for evaluating the 
authority limits for individual credit officers and recommending lending limits for all other officers to the Board of Directors for 
approval. 
 
We grant individual lending authority to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Credit Officer, Credit Administrator and to certain 
department managers and loan officers. Our highest management lending authority, known as Joint Authority, includes all amounts 
above the individual officer loan authority limits and below the Senior Loan Committee limits of: $5,000,000 for real estate secured 
loans, $2,500,000 for loans secured by collateral other than real estate and cash, $1,500,000 for unsecured loans, or when the 
borrower’s aggregate total outstanding commitment exceeds $5,000,000.  These loans require joint approval from two of the following 
officers: Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Credit Officer, Senior Lending Officer or Credit Administrator.   
 
As of December 31, 2024, the Bank’s authorized legal lending limits were $32.2 million for unsecured loans plus an additional 
$21.5 million for specific secured loans. Legal lending limits are calculated in conformance with California law, which prohibits a 
bank from lending to any one individual or entity or its related interests an aggregate amount which exceeds 15% of primary capital 
plus the allowance for credit losses on an unsecured basis, plus an additional 10% on a secured basis. The Bank’s primary capital plus 
allowance for credit losses as of December 31, 2024 totaled $214.9 million. 
 
We seek to mitigate the risks inherent in our loan portfolio by adhering to certain underwriting practices. The review of each loan 
application includes analysis of the applicant’s prior credit history, income level, cash flow and financial condition, tax returns, cash 
flow projections, and the value of any collateral to secure the loan, based upon reports of independent appraisers and audits of 
accounts receivable or inventory pledged as security. In the case of real estate loans over a specified amount, the review of collateral 
value includes an appraisal report prepared by an independent, Bank-approved, appraiser. 
 
Real Estate Loans.    We offer commercial real estate loans to finance the acquisition of new or the refinancing of existing 
commercial properties, such as office buildings, industrial buildings, warehouses, hotels, shopping centers, automotive industry 
facilities and multiple dwellings.  As of December 31, 2024, consumer and commercial real estate loans constituted 90% of our loan 
portfolio, of which 97% were commercial real estate loans.   
 
Commercial real estate loans typically have 10-year maturities with up to 25-year amortization of principal and interest and 
loan-to-value ratios of not more than 75% of the appraised value or purchase price, whichever is lower. We usually impose a 
prepayment penalty during the period within 3 to 5 years of the date of the loan. 
 

 
6 
 
Construction loans are comprised of loans on commercial, residential and income-producing properties that generally have terms 
of 1 year, with options to extend for additional periods to complete construction and to accommodate the lease-up period. We usually 
require 15% equity capital investment by the developer and loan-to-value ratios of not more than 75% of anticipated completion value. 
 
Mini-perm loans finance the purchase and/or ownership of commercial properties, including owner-occupied and income-
producing properties. We also offer mini-perm loans as take-out financing with our construction loans. Mini-perm loans are generally 
made with an amortization schedule ranging from 20 to 25 years, with a lump sum balloon payment due in 3 to 5 years. 
 
Equity lines of credit are revolving lines of credit with repayment term and are collateralized by junior deeds of trust on 
residential real properties. They generally bear a rate of interest that floats with our base rate or the prime rate, and have maturities of 
25 years (10-year interest only with 15-year amortization).  
 
We purchase participation interests in loans made by other financial institutions from time to time. These loans are subject to the 
same underwriting criteria and approval process as loans made directly by us. 
 
Our real estate loans are typically collateralized by first or junior deeds of trust on specific commercial properties and equity 
lines of credit, and are subject to corporate or individual guarantees from financially capable parties, as available. The properties 
collateralizing real estate loans are principally located in our primary market areas of the California Central Valley and the Eastern 
Sierra.  Real estate loans typically bear interest rates that float with an established index. 
 
Our real estate portfolio is subject to certain risks, including (i) downturns in the California economy, (ii) significant interest rate 
fluctuations, (iii) reduction in real estate values in the California Central Valley, (iv) increased competition in pricing and loan 
structure, and (v) environmental risks, including natural disasters.  As a result of the high concentration of the real estate loan in our 
loan portfolio, potential difficulties in the real estate markets could cause significant increases in nonperforming loans, which would 
reduce our profits.  A decline in real estate values could cause some of our mortgage loans to become inadequately collateralized, 
which would expose us to a greater risk of loss.  Additionally, a decline in real estate values could adversely affect our portfolio of 
commercial real estate loans and could result in a decline in the origination of such loans.  However, we strive to reduce the exposure 
to such risks and seek to continue to maintain high quality in our real estate loans by (a) reviewing each loan request and each loan 
renewal individually, (b) using a joint approval system for the approval of each loan request for loans over a certain dollar amount, 
(c) adhering to written loan policies, including, among other factors, minimum collateral requirements, maximum loan-to-value ratio 
requirements, cash flow requirements and personal guarantees, (d) performing secondary appraisals from time to time, (e) conducting 
external independent credit review, and (f) conducting environmental reviews, where appropriate. We review each loan request on the 
basis of our ability to recover both principal and interest in view of the inherent risks.   We monitor and stress test our entire portfolio, 
evaluating debt coverage ratios and loan-to-value ratios, on a quarterly basis.  We monitor trends and evaluate exposure derived from 
simulated stressed market conditions.  The portfolio is stratified by owner classification (either owner-occupied or non-owner 
occupied), product type, geography and size. 
     
As of December 31, 2024, the aggregate loan-to-value of the entire commercial real estate portfolio was 45.3%, based on the 
most recent appraisals as of the time of origination or renewal.  Historical data suggests that the Bank continues to maintain strong 
loan-to-value which has served as a cushion against precipitous reductions in real estate values during economic downturns.  Non-
owner occupied commercial real estate comprises 66.5% of the Bank’s total commercial real estate commitments, as of December 31, 
2024.  The loan-to-value on the non-owner occupied CRE segment was 46.5%, as of December 31, 2024.  The highest concentration 
by product type is CRE Retail, which comprised 27.1% of total CRE loan commitments, as of December 31, 2024.   
 
Our portfolio diversity in terms of both product types and geographic distribution, combined with strong debt coverage ratios, a 
low aggregate loan-to-value and a reasonable percentage of owner-occupied properties, mitigate the risks associated with excessive 
commercial real estate concentration. These elements contribute strength to our overall real estate portfolio in the event of any 
weakness in the real estate market.   
 
         Commercial Business Lending.    We offer commercial loans to sole proprietorships, partnerships and corporations, with an 
emphasis on the real estate related industry. These commercial loans include business lines of credit and commercial term loans to 
finance operations, to provide working capital or for specific purposes, such as to finance the purchase of assets, equipment or 
inventory. Since a borrower’s cash flow from operations is generally the primary source of repayment, our policies provide specific 
guidelines regarding required debt coverage and other important financial ratios. 
 
Lines of credit are extended to businesses or individuals based on the financial strength and integrity of the borrower and are 
secured primarily by real estate, accounts receivable and inventory, and have a maturity of one year or less. Such lines of credit bear 
an interest rate that floats with the prime rate, constant maturity treasury or another established index. 
 

 
7 
 
Commercial term loans are typically made to finance the acquisition of fixed assets, refinance short-term debts or to finance the 
purchase of businesses. Commercial term loans generally have terms from one to five years. They may be collateralized by the asset 
being acquired or other available assets and bear interest rates, which either floats with the prime rate, or another established index or 
is fixed for the term of the loan. 
 
Our portfolio of commercial loans is also subject to certain risks, including (i) downturns in the California economy, 
(ii) significant interest rate fluctuations; and (iii) the deterioration of a borrower’s or guarantor’s financial capabilities. We attempt to 
reduce the exposure to such risks through (a) reviewing each loan request and renewal individually, (b) requiring a joint signature 
approval system, (c) mandating strict adherence to written loan policies, and (d) performing external independent credit review. In 
addition, we monitor loans based on short-term asset values as required on a monthly or quarterly basis. In general, during the term of 
the relationship, we receive and review the financial statements of our borrowing customers on an ongoing basis, and we promptly 
respond to any deterioration that we note. 
 
Small Business Administration Lending Services.    Small Business Administration (“SBA”) lending, forms an important part of 
our business. Our SBA lending service places an emphasis on minority-owned businesses. Our SBA market area includes the 
geographic areas encompassed by our full-service banking offices in the California Central Valley and in the Eastern Sierra. As an 
SBA lender, we enable borrowers to obtain SBA loans in order to acquire new businesses, expand existing businesses, and acquire 
locations in which to do business.   
 
Consumer Loans.    Consumer loans include personal loans, auto loans, home improvement loans, home mortgage loans, 
revolving lines of credit and other loans typically made by banks to individual borrowers. We provide consumer loan products in an 
effort to diversify our product line. 
 
Our consumer loan portfolio is subject to certain risks, including: 
 
• amount of credit offered to consumers in the market, 
• interest rate increases, and 
• consumer bankruptcy laws which allow consumers to discharge certain debts. 
 
We attempt to reduce the exposure to such risks through the direct approval of all consumer loans by: 
 
• reviewing each loan request and renewal individually, 
• using a dual signature system of approval, 
• strictly adhering to written credit policies, and 
• performing external independent credit review. 
 
 
 
 

 
8 
 
Deposit Activities 
 
Our primary sources of funds are deposits and loan repayments. Scheduled loan repayments are a relatively stable source of 
funds, whereas deposit inflows, outflows and unscheduled loan prepayments (which are influenced significantly by general interest 
rate levels, interest rates available on other investments, competition, economic conditions and other factors) are not as stable. 
Customer deposits also remain a primary source of funds, but these balances may be influenced by adverse market changes in the 
industry. We may resort to other borrowings, on an as needed basis, as follows: 
 
• on a short-term basis to compensate for reductions in deposit inflows at less than projected levels, and 
 
• on a longer-term basis to support expanded lending activities and to match the maturity of repricing intervals of assets. 
 
We offer a variety of accounts for depositors, which are designed to attract both short-term and long-term deposits. These 
accounts include certificates of deposit (“CDs”), regular savings accounts, money market accounts, checking accounts, savings 
accounts, health savings accounts and individual retirement accounts. These accounts generally earn interest at rates established by 
management based on competitive market factors and management’s desire to increase or decrease certain types or maturities of 
deposits. As needs arise, we augment these customer deposits with brokered deposits. The more significant deposit accounts offered 
by us are described below: 
 
Certificates of Deposit.    We offer several types of CDs with a maximum maturity of five years.  The substantial majority of our 
CDs have a maturity of one to twelve months and pay compounded interest typically credited monthly or at maturity. 
 
Regular Savings Accounts.    We offer savings accounts that allow for unlimited ATM and in-branch deposits and withdrawals. 
Interest is compounded daily and paid monthly. 
 
Money Market Account.    Money market accounts pay a variable interest rate that is tiered depending on the balance maintained 
in the account. Minimum opening balances vary. Interest is compounded daily and paid monthly. 
 
Checking Accounts.    Checking accounts are generally non-interest and interest-bearing accounts, respectively, and may include 
service fees based on activity and balances.  
 
Other Sources of Funds 
 
Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings.    To supplement our deposits as a source of funds for lending or investment, we borrow 
funds in the form of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”). We regularly make use of Federal Home Loan Bank 
advances as part of our interest rate risk management, primarily to extend the duration of funding to match the longer-term fixed rate 
loans held in the loan portfolio as part of our growth strategy. 
 
As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank system, we are required to invest in Federal Home Loan Bank stock based on a 
predetermined formula. Federal Home Loan Bank stock is a restricted equity security that can only be sold to other Federal Home 
Loan Bank members or redeemed by the Federal Home Loan Bank. As of December 31, 2024, we owned $5,531,000 in FHLB stock. 
 
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank are typically secured by our entire real estate loan portfolio, which includes 
residential and commercial loans.  As of December 31, 2024, our borrowing limit with the Federal Home Loan Bank was 
approximately $364 million. 
 
Internet and Mobile Banking 
 
We offer Internet banking services, which allows our customers to access their deposit accounts through the Internet. Customers 
are able to obtain transaction history and account information, transfer funds between accounts, make person-to-person payments and 
make online bill payments. We intend to improve and develop our Internet banking products and delivery channels as the need arises 
and our resources permit.  Mobile Banking offers many of the same services as internet banking but also includes mobile check 
deposit. 
 
Other Services 
 
We offer ATMs located at branch offices, and customer access to an ATM network.  Additionally, we offer remote deposit 
capture service to allow commercial deposit customers the convenience of scanning check deposits for quicker access to deposited 
funds.  

 
9 
 
 
 
Marketing 
 
Our marketing relies principally upon local advertising and promotional activity and upon personal contacts by our directors, 
officers and shareholders to attract business and to acquaint potential customers with our personalized services. We emphasize a high 
degree of personalized client service in order to be able to provide for each customer’s banking needs. Our marketing approach 
emphasizes the advantages of dealing with an independent, locally managed and state-chartered bank to meet the particular needs of 
consumers, professionals and business customers in the community. Our management continually evaluates all of our banking services 
with regard to their profitability and efforts and makes determinations based on these evaluations whether to continue or modify our 
business plan, where appropriate. 
 
We do not currently have any plans to develop any new lines of business, which would require a material amount of capital 
investment on our part. 
 
 
Competition 
 
Regional Branch Competition.    We consider our primary service area to be composed of the counties of San Joaquin, 
Stanislaus, Tuolumne, Sacramento, Placer, Inyo and Mono Counties, of California.  The banking business in California generally, and 
in our primary service area, specifically, is competitive with respect to both loans and deposits and is dominated by a relatively small 
number of major banks, which have many offices operating over wide geographic areas.  These include Wells Fargo Bank, Bank of 
America, JP Morgan Chase Bank, U.S. Bank, BMO Harris Bank and Citibank. We compete for deposits and loans principally with 
these banks, as well as with savings and loan associations, thrift and loan associations, credit unions, mortgage companies, insurance 
companies, offerors of money market accounts and other lending institutions. 
 
Among the advantages of these institutions are their ability to finance extensive advertising campaigns and to allocate their 
investment assets to regions of highest yield and demand, their ability to offer certain services, such as international banking and trust 
services, which are not offered directly by the Company and, the ability by virtue of their greater total capitalization, to have 
substantially higher lending limits than we do.   In addition, as a result of increased consolidation and the passage of interstate banking 
legislation, there is and will continue to be increased competition among banks, savings and loan associations and credit unions for the 
deposit and loan business of individuals and businesses. 
 
As of June 30, 2024, our primary service areas contained 279 banking offices, with approximately $88.2 billion in total 
deposits.  As of June 30, 2024, we had total deposits of approximately $1.6 billion, which represented approximately 1.9% of the total 
deposits in the Bank’s primary service area.  There can be no assurance that the Bank will maintain its competitive position against 
current and potential competitors, especially those with greater resources than the Bank.  The four largest competing banks had 134 
total branches and deposits averaged approximately $481 million per office as of June 30, 2024 within the Bank’s primary service 
area. 
 
In order to compete with major financial institutions in our primary service areas, we use to the fullest extent the flexibility that 
our independent status permits.  This includes an emphasis on specialized services, local promotional activity, and personal contacts 
by our officers, directors and employees.  In the event that there are customers whose needs exceed our lending limits, we may arrange 
for such loans on a participation basis with other financial institutions.  We also assist customers who require other services that we do 
not offer by obtaining such services from correspondent banks.  However, no assurance can be given that our continued efforts to 
compete with other financial institutions will be successful. 
 
In addition to other banks, our competitors include savings institutions, credit unions, and numerous non-banking institutions, 
such as finance companies, leasing companies, insurance companies, brokerage firms, and investment banking firms. In recent years, 
increased competition has also developed from specialized finance and non-finance companies that offer money market and mutual 
funds, wholesale finance, credit card, and other consumer finance services, including online banking services and personal finance 
software. Strong competition for deposit and loan products affects the rates of those products as well as the terms on which they are 
offered to customers. 
 
Other Competitive Factors.     General competitive trends in the industry include increased consolidation and competition. Strong 
competitors, other than financial institutions, have entered banking markets with focused products targeted at highly profitable 
customer segments. Many of these competitors are able to compete across geographic boundaries and provide customers with 
increasing access to meaningful alternatives to banking services in nearly all significant products areas. Mergers between financial 
institutions have placed additional pressure on banks within the industry to streamline their operations, reduce expenses, and increase 
revenues to remain competitive. Competition has also intensified due to the federal and state interstate banking laws, which permit 
banking organizations to expand geographically, and the California market has been particularly attractive to out-of-state institutions. 

 
10 
 
The Financial Modernization Act, which has made it possible for full affiliations to occur between banks and securities firms, 
insurance companies, and other financial companies, is also expected to intensify competitive conditions. 
 
Technological innovations have also resulted in increased competition in the financial services industry. Such innovations have, 
for example, made it possible for non-depository institutions to offer customers automated transfer payment services that were 
previously considered traditional banking products. In addition, many customers now expect a choice of several delivery systems and 
channels, including telephone, mail, home computer, mobile devices, ATMs, self-service branches and/or in-store branches. 
 
Business Concentration.    No individual or single group of related accounts is considered material in relation to our total assets 
or deposits, or in relation to our overall business. However, approximately 90% of our loan portfolio held for investment as of 
December 31, 2024 consisted of real estate-related loans, including construction loans, mini-perm loans, real estate mortgage loans 
and commercial loans secured by real estate. Moreover, our business activities are currently focused primarily in Central California, 
with the majority of our business concentrated in San Joaquin, Stanislaus, Tuolumne, Sacramento, Placer, Inyo and Mono 
Counties.  Consequently, our results of operations and financial condition are dependent upon the general trends in the Central 
California economies and, in particular, the residential and commercial real estate markets. In addition, the concentration of our 
operations in Central California exposes us to greater risk than other banking companies with a wider geographic base in the event of 
catastrophes, such as earthquakes, fires and floods in this region. 
 
 
 
Employees 
 
As of December 31, 2024, we had 231 employees (199 full-time employees and 32 part-time employees). None of our employees 
are currently represented by a union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement.  We consider our relations with our employees 
to be good. 
 
Human Capital Management 
 
We believe that our human capital is a key asset and a competitive advantage for our success as a community bank. We invest in 
our human capital by attracting, developing, and retaining talented and diverse employees who share our vision, mission, and values. 
We foster a culture of premier service, teamwork, performance, community involvement, and integrity, and we reward our employees 
for their contributions and achievements. We also provide our employees with opportunities for professional growth, learning, and 
development, as well as competitive compensation and benefits. We are committed to maintaining a safe, healthy, and inclusive work 
environment that respects and values the diverse backgrounds of our employees and customers. We comply with all applicable laws 
and regulations regarding labor and employment practices, and we support the principles of equal opportunity, nondiscrimination, and 
fair labor standards. 
 
Economic Conditions and Legislative and Regulatory Developments 
  
As is the case with financial institutions with our size and scope, our profitability primarily depends on interest rate differentials. 
Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control and cannot be predicted, such as inflation, recession and 
unemployment, and the impact that future changes in domestic and foreign economic conditions might have on the Company.  A more 
detailed discussion of the Company’s interest rate risks and the mitigation of those risks is included in Item 7. Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 
  
Our business is also influenced by the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government and the policies of regulatory 
agencies.  The Federal Reserve Board implements national monetary policies (with objectives such as maintaining price stability, 
stimulating growth and reducing unemployment) through its open-market operations in U.S. Government securities, by adjusting the 
required level of reserves for depository institutions subject to its reserve requirements, and by varying the target Federal funds and 
discount rates applicable to borrowings by depository institutions. The actions of the Federal Reserve Board in these areas influence 
the growth of bank loans, investments, and deposits and also affect interest earned on interest-earning assets and interest paid on 
interest-bearing liabilities. The nature and impact of any future changes in monetary and fiscal policies on us cannot be predicted. 
  
From time to time, federal and state legislation is enacted that may have the effect of materially increasing the cost of doing 
business, limiting or expanding permissible activities, or affecting the competitive balance between banks and other financial services 
providers. In light of recent conditions in the United States economy and the financial services industry, the Biden administration, 
Congress, the regulators and various states continue to focus attention on the financial services industry. Additional proposals that 
affect the industry have been and will likely continue to be introduced. The Company cannot predict whether any of these proposals 
will be enacted or adopted or, if they are, the effect they would have on our business, the Company's operations or financial condition. 
  
  
 
 

 
11 
 
Supervision and Regulation in General 
  
The banking and financial services business in which we engage is highly regulated. Such regulation is intended, among other 
things, to protect depositors insured by the FDIC and the entire banking system. These regulations affect our lending practices, 
consumer protections, capital structure, investment practices and dividend policy.  
 
The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank.  The Company and the Bank are each subject to supervision 
and regulation by a number of federal and state agencies and regulatory bodies, as outlined below.  
 
The Company is subject to regulation under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”). As a bank holding 
company, the Company is regulated and is subject to inspection, examination and supervision by the Federal Reserve Board. It is also 
subject to the California Financial Code (the “Financial Code”), as well as limited oversight by the DFPI and the FDIC. Under the 
Federal Reserve Board’s regulations, a bank holding company is required to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to 
its subsidiary banks. The BHCA regulates the activities of holding companies including acquisitions, mergers, and consolidations and, 
together with the Gramm-Leach Bliley Act of 1999, the scope of allowable banking activities. 
 
As a California-state chartered bank, the Bank is subject to primary supervision, examination and regulation by the DFPI and the 
Federal Reserve Board.  The Federal Reserve Board is the primary federal regulator of state member banks.  The Bank is also subject 
to regulation by the FDIC, which insures the Bank’s deposits as permitted by law.   If, as a result of an examination of a bank, the 
Federal Reserve Board determines that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, 
liquidity or other aspects of its operations are unsatisfactory, or that it or its management is violating or has violated any law or 
regulation, various remedies are available to the Federal Reserve Board. Such remedies include the power to: enjoin “unsafe or 
unsound” practices; require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice; issue an 
administrative order that can be judicially enforced; direct an increase in capital; restrict growth; assess civil monetary penalties; 
remove officers and directors; institute a receivership; and, ultimately terminate the bank’s deposit insurance, which would result in a 
revocation of its charter. The DFPI separately holds many of the same remedial powers. 
 
The commercial banking business is also influenced by the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government and the 
policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, also known as the FRB or the Federal Reserve Board. As a member 
of the Federal Reserve System, we are subject to certain regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. The 
regulations of these agencies govern most aspects of our business, including the filing of periodic reports, and activities relating to 
dividends, investments, loans, borrowings, capital requirements, certain check-clearing activities, branching, mergers and acquisitions, 
reserves against deposits, and numerous other areas. Supervision, legal action and examination of us by the FRB is generally intended 
to protect depositors and is not intended for the protection of our shareholders. The Federal Reserve Board implements national 
monetary policies (with objectives such as curbing inflation and combating recession) by its open-market operations in U.S. 
government securities, by adjusting the required level of reserves for financial intermediaries subject to its reserve requirements, and 
by varying the discount rates applicable to borrowings by depository institutions. The actions of the Federal Reserve Board in these 
areas influence the growth of bank loans, investments and deposits and affects interest rates charged on loans and paid on deposits. 
Indirectly such actions may also impact the ability of non-bank financial institutions to compete with us. The nature and impact of any 
future changes in monetary policies cannot be predicted. 
 
The laws, regulations and policies affecting financial services businesses are continuously under review by Congress and state 
legislatures and by federal and state regulatory agencies. From time to time, legislation is enacted which has the effect of increasing 
the cost of doing business, limiting or expanding permissible activities, or affecting the competitive balance between banks and other 
financial intermediaries. Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the operations and taxation of banks, bank holding 
companies and other financial intermediaries are frequently made in Congress, in the California legislature and by various bank 
regulatory agencies and other professional agencies. Changes in the laws, regulations or policies that impact us cannot necessarily be 
predicted, but they may have a material effect on our business and earnings. 
 
The federal and state bank regulatory agencies may respond to concerns and trends identified in examinations by taking 
enforcement actions against, and entering into cease and desist orders, consent orders and memoranda of understanding with, financial 
institutions, that would require action by management and boards of directors to address credit quality, liquidity, risk management and 
capital adequacy concerns, as well as other safety and soundness or compliance issues. Banks and bank holding companies are also 
subject to examination and potential enforcement actions by their state regulatory agencies. 
 

 
12 
 
Bank Holding Company and Bank Regulation 
 
Bank holding companies and their subsidiaries are subject to significant regulation and restrictions by federal and state laws and 
regulatory agencies.  Federal and state laws, regulations and restrictions, which may affect the cost of doing business, limit permissible 
activities and expansion or impact the competitive balance between banks and other financial services providers, are intended primarily 
for the protection of depositors and the FDIC deposit insurance fund, and secondarily for the stability of the U.S. banking system. They 
are not intended for the benefit of shareholders of financial institutions. The following discussion of key statutes and regulations to 
which the Company and the Bank are subject is a summary and does not purport to be complete nor does it address all applicable statutes 
and regulations. This discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the statutes and regulations referred to in this discussion. 
  
The wide range of requirements and restrictions contained in both federal and state banking laws include: 
  
• 
Requirements that bank holding companies serve as a source of strength for their banking subsidiaries. In addition, the 
regulatory agencies have “prompt corrective action” authority to limit activities and order an assessment of a bank holding 
company if the capital of a bank subsidiary falls below required capital levels. 
 
• 
Limitations on dividends payable to shareholders.  A substantial portion of the Company’s funds to pay dividends or to pay 
principal and interest on our debt obligations is derived from dividends paid by the Bank.  The Company’s and the Bank’s 
ability to pay dividends is subject to legal and regulatory restrictions.  The Federal Reserve Board has authority to prohibit 
bank holding companies from paying dividends if such payment is deemed to be an unsafe or unsound practice. 
 
• 
Limitations on dividends payable by bank subsidiaries.  These dividends are subject to various legal and regulatory 
restrictions.  The federal banking agencies have indicated that paying dividends that deplete a depositary institution’s capital 
base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice.  Moreover, federal agencies have issued policy 
statements that provide that bank holding companies and insured banks should generally only pay dividends out of current 
operating earnings. 
 
• 
Safety and soundness requirements. Banks must be operated in a safe and sound manner and meet standards applicable to 
internal controls, information systems, internal audit, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset 
growth and compensation, as well as other operational and management standards. These safety and soundness requirements 
give bank regulatory agencies significant latitude in exercising their supervisory authority and their authority to initiate 
informal or formal enforcement action. 
 
• 
Requirements for approval of acquisitions and activities. Prior approval or non-objection of the applicable federal regulatory 
agencies is required for most acquisitions and mergers and in order to engage in certain non-banking activities and activities 
that have been determined by the Federal Reserve Board to be financial in nature, incidental to financial activities, or 
complementary to a financial activity.  Laws and regulations governing state-chartered banks contain similar provisions 
concerning acquisitions and activities. 
 
• 
The Community Reinvestment Act (the “CRA”).  The CRA requires that banks help meet the credit needs in their 
communities, including the availability of credit to low and moderate income individuals. If the Company or the Bank fails 
to adequately serve their communities, penalties may be imposed, including denials of applications for branches, to add 
subsidiaries and affiliates, or to merge with or purchase other financial institutions.  
 
• 
The Bank Secrecy Act, the USA Patriot Act, and other anti-money laundering laws. These laws and regulations require 
financial institutions to assist U.S. government agencies in detecting and preventing money laundering and other illegal acts 
by maintaining policies, procedures and controls designed to detect and report money laundering, terrorist financing, and 
other suspicious activity. 
 
• 
Limitations on the amount of loans to one borrower and its affiliates and to executive officers and directors. 
 
• 
Limitations on transactions with affiliates. 
 
• 
Restrictions on the nature and amount of any investments in, and ability to underwrite certain securities. 
 
• 
Requirements for opening of branches intra- and interstate. 

 
13 
 
 
• 
Fair lending and truth in lending laws to ensure equal access to credit and to protect consumers in credit transactions. 
 
• 
Provisions of the Gramm-Leach Bliley Act of 1999 (“GLBA”) and other federal and state laws dealing with privacy for 
nonpublic personal information of customers. 
 
The following discussion summarizes certain significant laws, rules and regulations affecting both the Company and the Bank. 
The Bank addresses the many state and federal regulations it is subject to through a comprehensive compliance program that addresses 
the various risks associated with these issues. The following discussion is not meant to cover all applicable rules and regulations and it 
is qualified in its entirety by reference to such laws, rules and regulations which may change from time to time.  
 
 
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act 
  
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”), enacted in 2010 has broadly affected the 
financial services industry by creating resolution authorities, requiring ongoing stress testing of capital, mandating higher capital and 
liquidity requirements, increasing regulation of executive and incentive-based compensation and requiring numerous other provisions 
aimed at strengthening the sound operation of the financial services sector depending, in part, on the size of the financial institution. 
Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act provides for: 
  
• 
capital standards applicable to bank holding companies may be no less stringent than those applied to insured depository 
institutions; 
 
• 
annual stress tests and early remediation or so-called living wills are required for larger banks with more than $50 billion of 
assets as well as risk committees of their boards of directors that include a risk expert, and such requirements may have the 
effect of establishing new best practices standards for smaller banks; 
 
• 
trust preferred securities must generally be deducted from Tier 1 capital although depository institution holding companies 
with assets of less than $15 billion as of year-end 2009 were grandfathered with respect to such securities issued prior to 
March 19, 2020 for purposes of calculating regulatory capital; 
 
• 
the assessment base for federal deposit insurance was changed to consolidated assets less tangible capital instead of the 
amount of insured deposits, which generally increased the insurance fees of larger banks, but had relatively less impact on 
smaller banks; 
 
• 
repeal of the federal prohibition on the payment of interest on demand deposits, including business checking accounts, and 
made permanent the $250,000 limit for federal deposit insurance; 
 
• 
the establishment of the Consumer Finance Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”) with responsibility for promulgating regulations 
designed to protect consumers’ financial interests and prohibit unfair, deceptive and abusive acts and practices by financial 
institutions, and with authority to directly examine those financial institutions with $10 billion or more in assets for 
compliance with the regulations promulgated by the CFPB; 
 
• 
limits, or places significant burdens and compliance and other costs, on activities traditionally conducted by banking 
organizations, such as originating and securitizing mortgage loans and other financial assets, arranging and participating in 
swap and derivative transactions, proprietary trading and investing in private equity and other funds; and 
 
• 
the establishment of new compensation restrictions and standards regarding the time, manner and form of compensation 
given to key executives and other personnel receiving incentive compensation, including documentation and governance, 
proxy access by stockholders, deferral and claw-back requirements. 
  
As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, federal regulators have adopted regulations to (i) increase capital requirements on banks and 
bank holding companies pursuant to Basel III, and (ii) implement the so-called “Volcker Rule” of the Dodd-Frank Act, which 
significantly restricts certain activities by covered bank holding companies, including restrictions on proprietary trading and private 
equity investing.  

 
14 
 
  
In addition to the Dodd-Frank Act, other legislative and regulatory proposals affecting banks have been made both domestically 
and internationally. Among other things, these proposals include significant additional capital and liquidity requirements and limitations 
on size or types of activity in which banks may engage. 
 
Legislation is introduced from time to time in the United States Congress that may affect our operations. In addition, the regulations 
governing us may be amended from time to time. Any legislative or regulatory changes in the future could adversely affect our operations 
and financial condition. 
 
Volcker Rule 
The “Volcker Rule” prohibits insured depository institutions and companies affiliated with insured depository institutions 
(“banking entities”) from engaging in short-term proprietary trading of certain securities, derivatives, commodity futures and options on 
these instruments, for their own account. The Volker Rule also imposes limits on banking entities’ investments in, and other relationships 
with, hedge funds or private equity funds. Certain collateralized debt obligations, securities backed by trust preferred securities are 
exempted. 
  
The Volker Rule provides exemptions for certain activities, including market making, underwriting, hedging, trading in 
government obligations, insurance company activities, and organizing and offering hedge funds or private equity funds. The Volker 
Rule also clarifies that certain activities are not prohibited, including acting as agent, broker, or custodian. 
  
The compliance requirements under the Volker Rule vary based on the size of the banking entity and the scope of activities 
conducted. Banking entities with significant trading operations will be required to establish a detailed compliance program and their 
CEOs will be required to attest that the program is reasonably designed to achieve compliance with the final rule. Independent testing 
and analysis of an institution’s compliance program will also be required. The Volker Rule reduces the burden on smaller, less-complex 
institutions by limiting their compliance and reporting requirements. Additionally, a banking entity that does not engage in covered 
trading activities will not need to establish a compliance program. The Company and the Bank held no investment positions at December 
31, 2024 or 2023 that were subject to the final rule.  Therefore, while these new rules may require us to conduct certain internal analysis 
and reporting, we believe that they will not require any material changes in our operations or business. 
  
 
Capital Adequacy Requirements 
 
Banks and bank holding companies are subject to various capital requirements administered by state and federal banking 
agencies.  Capital adequacy guidelines involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items 
calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by 
regulators about components, risk weighting and other factors. 
 
The federal banking agencies have adopted risk-based minimum capital guidelines intended to provide a measure of capital that 
reflects the degree of risk associated with a banking organization’s operations for both transactions reported on the balance sheet as 
assets and transactions which are recorded as off balance sheet items. Under these guidelines, nominal dollar amounts of assets and 
credit equivalent amounts of off balance sheet items are multiplied by one of several risk adjustment percentages, which range from 
0% for assets with low credit risk, such as federal banking agencies, to 100% for assets with relatively high credit risk. The higher the 
category, the more risk a bank is subject to and thus the more capital that is required. 
 
The regulatory agencies’ risk-based capital guidelines are based upon capital accords of the internal Basel Committee on Bank 
Supervision (“Basel Committee”), a committee of central banks and bank supervisors/regulators from the major industrialized 
countries that develops broad policy guidelines, which each country’s supervisors can use to determine the supervisory policies they 
apply to their home jurisdiction.  The U.S. regulatory capital rules implementing the Basel III regulatory capital framework  provide 
for a minimum common equity Tier 1 ratio (4.5% of risk-weighted assets), a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital requirement (6.0% of 
risk-weighted assets) and a minimum non-risk-based leverage ratio (4.00% eliminating a 3.00% exception for higher rated banks) as 
well as an additional capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk weighted assets over each of the required capital ratios , which must 
be met to avoid limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends, repurchase shares or pay discretionary bonuses.  The additional 
“countercyclical capital buffer” is also required for larger and more complex institutions.  The rules assign higher risk weighting to 
exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on nonaccrual status and certain commercial real estate facilities that finance the 
acquisition, development or construction of real property.   
 
In addition to the risk-based guidelines, federal banking regulators require banking organizations to maintain a minimum amount 
of Tier 1 capital to total average assets, referred to as the leverage ratio. Banks that have received the highest rating of the five 
categories used by regulators to rate banks and are not anticipating or experiencing any significant growth must maintain a ratio of 

 
15 
 
Tier 1 capital (net of all intangibles) to adjusted total assets, or “Leverage Capital Ratio”, of at least 3%. All other institutions are 
required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 100 to 200 basis points above the 3% minimum, for a minimum of 4% to 5%. Pursuant 
to federal regulations, banks must maintain capital levels commensurate with the level of risk to which they are exposed, including the 
volume and severity of problem loans.  
 
Federal banking regulators may set capital requirements higher than the minimums described above for financial institutions 
whose circumstances warrant it. For example, a financial institution experiencing or anticipating significant growth may be expected 
to maintain capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without significant reliance on intangible assets. 
 
 
A bank may be treated as though it were in the next lower capital category if, after notice and the opportunity for a hearing, the 
appropriate federal agency finds an unsafe or unsound condition or practice so warrants, but no bank may be treated as “critically 
undercapitalized” unless its actual capital ratio warrants such treatment. 
 
At each successively lower capital category, an insured bank is subject to increased restrictions on its operations. For example, a 
bank is generally prohibited from paying management fees to any controlling persons or from making capital distributions, if to do so 
would make the Bank “undercapitalized.” Asset growth and branching restrictions apply to undercapitalized banks, which are required 
to submit written capital restoration plans meeting specified requirements (including a guarantee by the parent holding company, if 
any). “Significantly undercapitalized” banks are subject to broad regulatory authority, including among other things, capital directives, 
forced mergers, restrictions on the rates of interest they may pay on deposits, restrictions on asset growth and activities, and 
prohibitions on paying certain bonuses without FRB approval. Even more severe restrictions apply to critically undercapitalized 
banks. Most importantly, except under limited circumstances, the appropriate federal banking agency is required to appoint a 
conservator or receiver for an insured bank not later than 90 days after the Bank becomes critically undercapitalized. 
 
In addition to measures taken under the prompt corrective action provisions, insured banks may be subject to potential actions by 
federal regulators for unsafe or unsound practices in conducting their businesses or for violations of any law, rule, regulation or any 
condition imposed in writing by the agency or any written agreement with the agency. Enforcement actions may include the issuance 
of cease and desist orders, termination of insurance of deposits (in the case of a bank), the imposition of civil money penalties, the 
issuance of directives to increase capital, formal and informal agreements, or removal and prohibition orders against “institution-
affiliated” parties. 
 
The Basel IV framework was introduced in 2017 and focuses on the denominator of the capital ratio or the measurement of a 
bank’s risk positions, especially in credit, market, counterparty and operational risk for banks with over $100 billion in assets and has 
market risk provisions for banks with significant trading activity. The U.S. targeted implementation of Basel IV to begin on July 1, 
2025, subject to a three-year transition period with full compliance expected by July 1, 2028. The public comment period concluded in 
January 2024 for the proposed rules set forth by the U.S. banking regulators, with comment periods on ancillary rules and documentation 
ongoing throughout 2024, making it unlikely that any rule will be finalized or effective by July 1, 2025. In addition, in light of the 
change in the presidential administration, it is unclear whether the banking agencies will pursue the proposal or issue a revised proposal 
for comment. 
 
Although, Basel IV seeks to regulate banks with over $100 billion in assets and likely will not be applicable to the Company once 
implemented, proposed rules which would affect banks below $100 billion in assets have been proposed in the past and the final form 
of the rules is still undetermined. Its implementation may also cause changes in the financial markets which may affect the Company.1  
 
 
Dividends 
 
The payment of cash dividends by the Bank to the Company is subject to restrictions set forth in the Financial Code.  Prior to any 
distribution from the Bank to the Company, a calculation is made to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Financial Code and 
to ensure that the Bank remains within capital guidelines set forth by the DFPI and the FRB. In the event that the intended distribution 
from the Bank to the Company exceeds the restriction in the Financial Code, advance approval from the FRB is required.  
Management anticipates that there will be sufficient earnings at the Bank level to provide dividends to the Company to meet its cash 
requirements for 2025. 
 
 
 
 
 
1 https://www.fdic.gov/news/speeches/2023/spjul2723b.html. https://www.federalreserve.gov/aboutthefed/boardmeetings/fact-sheet-
basel-20230727.pdf.  

 
16 
 
Safety and Soundness Standards 
 
Federal banking agencies have also adopted guidelines establishing safety and soundness standards for all insured depository 
institutions. Those guidelines relate to internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan underwriting and 
documentation, compensation and interest rate exposure. In general, the standards are designed to assist the federal banking agencies 
in identifying and addressing problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If an institution fails to 
meet these standards, the appropriate federal banking agency may require the institution to submit a compliance plan and institute 
enforcement proceedings, if an acceptable compliance plan is not submitted. 
 
 
Compensation 
 
Federal banking agencies have issued joint guidance on incentive compensation designed to ensure that the incentive compensation 
policies of banking organizations such as the Company are consistent with the safety and soundness of the organization and its 
subsidiary banks.  In 2016, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the federal bank regulatory agencies and the SEC proposed revised 
rules on incentive-based payment arrangements at specified regulated entities having at least $1 billion of total assets. These 
guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the 
amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director, or principal 
stockholder. 
 
 
Deposit Insurance and FDIC Insurance Assessments 
 
Our deposits are insured by the FDIC to the maximum amount permitted by law, which is currently $250,000 per depositor.  
 
As insurer, the FDIC imposes deposit insurance premiums and is authorized to conduct examinations of and to require reporting 
by FDIC-insured institutions.  
 
The FDIC assesses deposit insurance premiums quarterly on each FDIC-insured institution based on annualized rates. Each 
institution with $10 billion or more in assets is assessed under a scorecard method using supervisory ratings, financial ratios and other 
factors. Such institutions are also subject to a temporary surcharge required by the Dodd-Frank Act. As required by the Dodd-Frank 
Act, deposit insurance premiums are assessed on the amount of an institution’s total assets minus its Tier 1 capital. Smaller institutions 
are assessed by a method using supervisory ratings and financial ratios. 
 
 
Community Reinvestment Act 
 
We are subject to certain requirements and reporting obligations involving the CRA.  The CRA generally requires federal 
banking agencies to evaluate the record of financial institutions in meeting the credit needs of local communities, including low and 
moderate-income neighborhoods. The CRA further requires that a record be kept of whether a financial institution meets its 
community credit needs, which record will be taken into account when evaluating applications for, among other things, domestic 
branches, consummating mergers or acquisitions, or holding company formations. In measuring a bank’s compliance with its CRA 
obligations, the regulators now utilize a performance-based evaluation system, which bases CRA ratings on the Company’s actual 
lending service and investment performance, rather than on the extent to which the institution conducts needs assessments, documents 
community outreach activities or complies with other procedural requirements. In connection with its assessment of CRA 
performance, the FRB assigns a rating of “outstanding,” “satisfactory,” “needs to improve” or “substantial noncompliance.” Our CRA 
performance is evaluated by the FRB under the intermediate small bank requirements.  The FRB’s last CRA performance examination 
was performed on us and completed in January of 2023 and we received an overall “Outstanding” CRA Assessment Rating. 
 
On May 5, 2022, the FDIC, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) and the Federal Reserve issued a joint notice of 
proposed rulemaking to strengthen and modernize the CRA regulatory framework.   On October 24, 2023, the federal bank regulatory 
agencies jointly issued a final rule to modernize CRA regulations consistent with the following key goals: (1) to encourage banks to 
expand access to credit, investment, and banking services in low to moderate income communities; (2) to adapt to changes in the 
banking industry, including internet and mobile banking and the growth of non-branch delivery systems; (3) to provide greater clarity 
and consistency in the application of the CRA regulations, including adoption of a new metrics-based approach to evaluating bank 
retail lending and community development financing; and (4) to tailor CRA evaluations and data collection to bank size and type, 
recognizing differences in bank size and business models may impact CRA evaluations and qualifying activities. Most of the final 
CRA rule’s requirements were to become be applicable beginning January 1, 2026, with certain requirements, including the data 
reporting requirements, applicable as of January 1, 2027. However, on March 29, 2024, a federal court enjoined the enforcement of 

 
17 
 
the new CRA regulations. As a result, the previous CRA regulations continue to govern and the effective date will be extended each 
day the injunction remains in place. We will continue to monitor for updates related to the CRA regulatory framework and are 
currently evaluating the impact of the modified CRA regulations, but do not anticipate any resulting material impact to its operations 
or compliance objectives.   
 
 
Anti-Money Laundering Regulations 
 
A series of banking laws and regulations beginning with the Bank Secrecy Act in 1970 require banks to prevent, detect, and 
report illicit or illegal financial activities to the federal government to prevent money laundering, international drug trafficking, and 
terrorism. Under the USA Patriot Act, financial institutions are subject to prohibitions against specified financial transactions and 
account relationships as well as enhanced due diligence and “know your customer” standards in their dealings with high risk 
customers, foreign financial institutions, and foreign individuals and entities.  We have extensive controls to comply with these 
requirements. 
On September 29, 2022, the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”) issued a final rule establishing a beneficial 
ownership information reporting requirement under the Corporate Transparency Act (“CTA”), which was passed as part of the Anti-
Money Laundering Act of 2020. The rule, which became effective January 1, 2024, requires most entities created in or registered to do 
business in the United States, subject to certain exceptions, to report information about their beneficial owners to FinCEN. The 
compliance date was January 1, 2025, but the beneficial ownership information reporting requirement under the CTA is currently 
subject to ongoing litigation.  
On March 2, 2025, the Treasury Department announced it will not enforce any penalties or fines associated with the beneficial 
ownership information reporting rule under the existing regulatory deadlines, and further not enforce any penalties or fines against 
U.S. citizens or domestic reporting companies or their beneficial owners after the rule changes take effect. Treasury Department 
intends to further issue a proposed rulemaking that will narrow the scope of the rule for foreign reporting companies only.  
In 2024, federal regulators, including the Federal Reserve and the OCC, proposed amendments to update the requirements to 
establish, implement and maintain effective, risk-based and reasonably designed anti-money laundering programs, including the 
identification, evaluation and documentation of money laundering risks. We continue to monitor for updates related to the CTA and 
Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020. 
 
 
Privacy, Data Security and Cybersecurity 
We are, or may become, subject to a variety of continuously evolving and developing laws and regulations in the United States at the 
federal, state and local level regarding privacy, data protection and data security, including those related to the collection, storage, 
handling, use, disclosure, transfer, security and other processing of personal information. For example, the GLBA of 1999 imposed 
requirements on financial institutions with respect to consumer privacy.  The GLBA generally prohibits disclosure of consumer 
information to non-affiliated third parties unless the consumer has been given the opportunity to object and has not objected to such 
disclosure.  Financial institutions are further required to disclose their privacy policies to consumers annually.  The GLBA also directs 
federal regulators to prescribe standards for the security of consumer information.  We are subject to such standards, as well as 
standards for notifying consumers in the event of a security breach.  We must disclose our privacy policy to consumers and permit 
consumers to “opt out” of having certain personal financial information disclosed to unaffiliated third parties.  We are required to have 
an information security program to safeguard the confidentiality and security of customer information and to ensure proper disposal.  
Customers must be notified when unauthorized disclosure involves sensitive customer information that may be misused. 
 
Data privacy and data security are areas of increasing state legislative focus. For example, the California Consumer Protection 
Act of 2018 (the “CCPA”), which became effective on January 1, 2020, applies to for-profit businesses that conduct business in 
California and meet certain revenue or data collection thresholds. The CCPA gives California residents the right to, among other 
things, request disclosure of information collected about them and whether that information has been sold to others, request deletion of 
personal information (subject to certain exceptions), opt out of the sale of their personal information, and not be discriminated against 
for exercising these rights. In 2020, the California Privacy Rights Act (“CPRA”) was approved and became effective on January 1, 
2023. The CPRA amended the CCPA by adding additional consumer privacy rights and obligations for businesses. It also established 
the California Privacy Protection Agency and tasked it with responsibilities including implementing and enforcing the law. In 
addition, the CPRA significantly modifies the CCPA, including by expanding California residents’ rights with respect to certain 
sensitive personal information. We will continue to monitor developments related to the CPRA. The full impact of the CPRA on our 
business is yet to be determined.  

 
18 
 
 
Like other lenders, we use credit bureau data in their underwriting activities. Use of such data is regulated under the Fair Credit 
Reporting Act (“FCRA”), and the FCRA also regulates reporting information to credit bureaus, prescreening individuals for credit 
offers, sharing of information between affiliates and using affiliate data for marketing purposes. Similar state laws may impose 
additional requirements on us. 
 
Cybersecurity also remains an area of significant regulatory focus, and state regulators have also been increasingly active in 
implementing cybersecurity standards and regulations. In November 2021, the Federal Reserve, OCC, and FDIC issued a final rule 
that, among other things, requires all banking organizations in the United States to notify their primary federal regulators of certain 
material computer-security incidents as soon as possible and no later than 36 hours after determining that the incident has occurred.  
The enactment of the Cyber Incident Reporting for Critical Infrastructure Act (the “CIRCIA”) in 2022, once rulemaking is 
complete, will require, among other things, certain companies to report significant cyber incidents to the Cybersecurity and 
Infrastructure Agency (the “CISA”) within 72 hours from the time the company reasonably believes the incident occurred (and within 
24 hours of making a ransom payment as a result of a ransomware attack). On April 4, 2024, the CISA proposed a rule under the 
CIRCIA that would clarify the scope of cyber incidents to be reported and would further define covered entities subject to CIRCIA to 
expressly include companies in the financial services industry that are required to report cyber incidents to their primary federal 
regulators. 
The SEC recently issued a Cybersecurity Risk Management, Strategy, Governance, and Incident Disclosure rule, which became 
effective in December of 2023, and which requires that a registered company file a Form 8-K to disclose the occurrence of a material 
cybersecurity incident within four business days of determining that such an incident has occurred. The rule also requires that a 
registered company include certain information regarding its information security program as part of its annual Form 10-K filing, 
including a discussion of its processes for assessing, identifying, and managing material risks from cybersecurity threats and a 
description of oversight and management of cybersecurity threats at the board and management levels.  
 
Recently, several states have adopted regulations requiring certain financial institutions to implement cybersecurity programs and 
providing detailed requirements with respect to these programs, including data encryption requirements. Many states have also 
recently implemented or modified their data breach notification and data privacy requirements. We expect this trend of state-level 
activity in those areas to continue and are continually monitoring developments, particularly if the CFPB is no longer enforcing 
federal financial institution consumer privacy laws and regulations since it was instructed to cease all supervision, investigations, 
enforcement, rulemaking, and stakeholder activities in February 2025.  We continue to monitor these developments and integrate 
applicable requirements into our operation and compliance frameworks.  
 
In February 2024, the National Institute of Standards and Technology (“NISTU”) released Cybersecurity Framework 2.0, expanding 
its original guidance to emphasize cybersecurity governance and supply chain risk management. While we are not mandated to adopt 
this updated framework, our cybersecurity policies, governance structures, vendor risk management practices, and employee training 
programs align substantively with the principles of the NIST Cybersecurity Framework 2.0. We continue to leverage this framework 
as a guiding best practice to enhance our cybersecurity posture and manage risks effectively. 
 
 
Mergers and Acquisitions  
 
On September 17, 2024, the Board of Directors of the FDIC approved a final Statement of Policy on Bank Merger Transactions 
(“FDIC Statement of Policy”), and the OCC approved a final rule updating its regulations for business combinations involving 
national banks and federal savings associations (“OCC Final Rule”). The OCC Final Rule also includes a policy statement mirroring 
the FDIC Statement of Policy regarding the Bank Merger Act statutory factors, but also describes the general principles the OCC 
applies when reviewing bank merger applications (“OCC Statement of Policy”). 
In September 2024, the Department of Justice (the “DOJ”) withdrew its 1995 Bank Merger Guidelines and issued the 2024 Banking 
Addendum to 2023 Merger Guidelines (the “2024 Banking Addendum”). The DOJ clarified that it will assess competition 
considerations in connection with bank and bank holding company mergers using its 2023 Merger Guidelines, which is the general 
merger review framework the DOJ now uses to evaluate transactions in all segments of the economy, and 2024 Banking Addendum. 
The 2024 Banking Addendum provides guidance on how the DOJ will assess competition in the context of bank and bank holding 
company mergers. An analysis under the 2023 Merger Guidelines and 2024 Banking Addendum may include consideration of theories 
of harm and relevant markets not considered under the 1995 Bank Merger Guidelines, which focused primarily on concentrations of 
deposits and branches. 
 
 

 
19 
 
 
Other Consumer Protection Laws and Regulations 
 
Bank regulatory agencies are increasingly focusing on compliance with consumer protection laws and regulations.  
 
Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by the Bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning 
interest rates. The Bank’s operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, and consumer protection statutes 
and regulations, such as the: 
 
• 
Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers; 
• 
Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public 
officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the 
community it serves; 
• 
Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in 
extending credit; 
• 
Fair Credit Reporting Act, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies; 
• 
Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies; 
• 
Truth in Savings Act; and 
• 
rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws. 
 
On March 5, 2024, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) issued a final rule amending provisions in Regulation Z 
that govern credit card late fee charges, significantly lowering the safe harbor amount for past due fees that large credit card issuers. 
The final rule is currently stayed as a result of ongoing litigation. In addition, in October 2024, the CFPB issued a final rule that will 
require certain financial institutions to share certain data on certain consumer financial products and services upon request of the 
consumer that could significantly impact our costs and our ability to protect and secure such information. In February 2025, the Acting 
Director of the CFPB instructed staff to cease supervision and examination activities, pause pending investigation and enforcement 
actions, and not approve or issue any proposed or final rules. We continue to monitor CFPB development and the implementation of 
new rules. 
 
The operations of the Bank are also subject to the: 
 
• 
Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and 
prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records; 
• 
Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, which govern automatic deposits to and 
withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller 
machines and other electronic banking services; 
• 
Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act, which gives “substitute checks,” such as digital check images and copies 
made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check; and 
• 
The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism 
Act of 2001, as amended (the “USA Patriot Act”), which requires financial institutions to, among other things, 
establish broadened anti-money laundering compliance programs, and due diligence policies and controls to ensure the 
detection and reporting of money laundering. Such required compliance programs are intended to supplement existing 
compliance requirements that also apply to financial institutions under the Bank Secrecy Act and the Office of Foreign 
Assets Control regulations. 
 
Due to heightened regulatory concern related to compliance with consumer protection laws and regulations generally, we may 
incur additional compliance costs or be required to expend additional funds for investments in the local communities we serve. 
 
 
Restriction on Transactions between Member Banks and their Affiliates 
 
Transactions between the Company and the Bank are quantitatively and qualitatively restricted under Sections 23A and 23B of 
the Federal Reserve Act and Federal Reserve Regulation W. Section 23A places restrictions on the Bank’s “covered transactions” with 
the Company, including loans and other extensions of credit, investments in the securities of, and purchases of assets from the 
Company. Section 23B requires that certain transactions, including all covered transactions, be on market terms and conditions. 
Federal Reserve Regulation W combines statutory restrictions on transactions between the Bank and the Company with FRB 
interpretations in an effort to simplify compliance with Sections 23A and 23B. 
 

 
20 
 
 
Securities Laws and Corporate Governance 
  
The Company is subject to the disclosure and regulatory requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act, both as administered by 
the SEC. As a company listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Company is subject to Nasdaq listing standards for listed 
companies. 
  
As discussed above, we are also subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, and other federal 
and state laws and regulations which address, among other issues, required executive certification of financial presentations, corporate 
governance requirements for board audit committees and their members, and disclosure of controls and procedures and internal control 
over financial reporting, auditing and accounting, executive compensation, and enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information. 
Nasdaq has also adopted corporate governance rules, which are intended to allow shareholders and investors to more easily and 
efficiently monitor the performance of companies and their directors. 
 
Finally, the Company is subject to the provisions of the California General Corporation Law, while the Bank is also subject to the 
Financial Code provisions. 
 
 
Environmental Regulations 
 
In the course of our business, we may foreclose and take title to real estate, and could be subject to environmental liabilities with 
respect to these properties. We may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, 
investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination, or may be required to 
investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances, or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or 
remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, as the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to 
common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the 
property. If we ever become subject to significant environmental liabilities, our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of 
operations could be materially and adversely affected. 
 
 
Climate-related Developments 
 
Climate change and the risks it may pose to financial institutions is an area of increased focus by the federal and state legislative bodies 
and regulators, including the federal banking agencies. In the future, new regulations or guidance may be issued, or other regulatory or 
supervisory actions may be taken, in this area by the federal banking agencies or other regulatory agencies, or new statutory requirements 
may be adopted. For example, the federal banking agencies have issued principles for climate-related financial risk management, which 
are designed to support the identification and management of climate-related financial risks at regulated institutions with more than 
$100 billion in total consolidated assets. On March 6, 2024, the SEC adopted new rules that require public companies to disclose 
substantial information about the material impacts of climate-related risks on their business, financial condition, and governance. These 
new rules require disclosure of a range of climate-related matters. The new rules are currently being challenged in the Eighth Circuit 
Court of Appeals. The current SEC Chairman instructed staff to request that the court not schedule oral arguments, suggesting that the 
SEC may abandon its defense of the new rules. 
 
 
Other Pending and Proposed Legislation 
 
Other legislative and regulatory initiatives which could affect us and the banking industry, in general, are pending and additional 
initiatives may be proposed or introduced before the United States Congress, the California legislature and other governmental bodies 
in the future. Such proposals, if enacted, may further alter the structure, regulation and competitive relationship among financial 
institutions, and may subject us to increased regulation, disclosure and reporting requirements. In addition, the various banking 
regulatory agencies often adopt new rules and regulations to implement and enforce existing legislation. We cannot predict whether, 
or in what form, any such legislation or regulations may be enacted or the extent to which our business would be affected thereby. 
 
 
Available Information 
 
The Company maintains an Internet website at www.ovcb.com.  The Company makes available its annual reports on Form 10-K, 
quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to such reports filed or furnished pursuant to 
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act and other information related to the Company free of charge, through this site as soon as 

 
21 
 
reasonably practicable after it electronically files those documents with, or otherwise furnishes them to, the SEC. The SEC maintains a 
website, http://www.sec.gov., that contains the reports, proxy and information statements and other information we file with them. The 
Company’s website also contains its Committee Charters, Code of Ethics, Code of Conduct and Corporate Governance Guidelines.  
We also use our website as a tool to disclose important information about the company and comply with our disclosure obligations 
under Regulation Fair Disclosure. The Company’s internet website and the information contained therein or connected thereto are not 
intended to be incorporated into this annual report on Form 10-K. 
 
In addition, copies of our filings are available by requesting them in writing or by phone from: 
 
Corporate Secretary 
Oak Valley Bancorp  
125 North Third Avenue 
Oakdale, California 
209-844-7578 
 
 

 
22 
 
ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS 
 
An investment in our securities is subject to certain risks. These risk factors and the risks discussed in Management’s Discussion 
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 
should be considered by prospective and current investors in our securities when evaluating the disclosures in this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K. The risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business 
operations. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, results of operations and financial condition could suffer. In that 
event, the value of our securities could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. 
Risks Associated with Our Business 
Our business strategy includes sustainable growth plans, and our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively 
affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth effectively. 
We intend to pursue an organic growth strategy for our business. If appropriate opportunities present themselves, we may also 
engage in selected acquisitions of financial institutions, branch acquisitions and other business growth initiatives or undertakings. 
There can be no assurance that we will successfully execute our organic growth strategy, that we will be able to negotiate or finance 
such activities or that such activities, if undertaken, will be successful. 
There are risks associated with our growth strategy. To the extent that we grow through acquisitions, we cannot ensure that we 
will be able to adequately or profitably manage this growth. Acquiring other banks, branches or other assets, as well as other 
expansion activities, involves various risks including the risks of incorrectly assessing the credit quality of acquired assets, 
encountering greater than expected costs of integrating acquired banks or branches, the risk of loss of customers and/or employees of 
the acquired institution or branch, executing cost savings measures, not achieving revenue enhancements and otherwise not realizing 
the transaction’s anticipated benefits. Our ability to address these matters successfully cannot be assured. There is also the risk that the 
requisite regulatory approvals might not be received and other conditions to consummation of a transaction might not be satisfied 
during the anticipated timeframes, or at all. In addition, our strategic efforts may divert resources or management’s attention from 
ongoing business operations, may require investment in integration and in development and enhancement of additional operational 
and reporting processes and controls, and may subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny. To finance an acquisition, we may borrow 
funds, thereby increasing our leverage and diminishing our liquidity, or raise additional capital, which could dilute the interests of our 
existing stockholders. 
Our growth initiatives may also require us to recruit experienced personnel to assist in such initiatives. Accordingly, the failure 
to identify and retain such personnel would place significant limitations on our ability to successfully execute our growth strategy. In 
addition, to the extent we expand our lending beyond our current market areas, we could incur additional risks related to those new 
market areas. We may not be able to expand our market presence in our existing market areas or successfully enter new markets. 
If we do not successfully execute our growth plan, it could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of 
operations, reputation and growth prospects. In addition, if we were to conclude that the value of an acquired business had decreased 
and that the related goodwill had been impaired, that conclusion would result in an impairment of goodwill charge to us, which would 
adversely affect our results of operations. While we believe we will have the executive management resources and internal systems in 
place to successfully manage our future growth, there can be no assurance growth opportunities will be available or that we will 
successfully manage our growth. 
Our financial condition and results of operations are dependent on the economy, particularly in the Bank’s market areas.  
 
Our primary market area is concentrated in the Central Valley and the Eastern Sierras. Adverse economic conditions in any of 
these areas can reduce our rate of growth, affect our customers’ ability to repay loans and adversely impact our financial condition and 
earnings. General economic conditions, including inflation, unemployment, consumer spending, wage stagnation, federal shutdowns 
and money supply fluctuations, also may affect our profitability adversely. 
 
A deterioration in economic conditions in the market areas we serve could result in the following consequences, any of which 
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations: 
• 
Demand for our products and services may decline; 
• 
Loan delinquencies, problem assets and foreclosures may increase; 
• 
Collateral for our loans may further decline in value;  
• 
Net interest income may decline; and 
• 
The amount of our low cost or noninterest-bearing deposits may decrease. 

 
23 
 
 
In addition, any sudden or prolonged market downturn, as a result of the above factors or otherwise, could adversely affect our 
results of operations and financial condition, including capital and liquidity levels. Elevated inflation and interest rate levels, changes 
in trade policy, including the implementation of tariffs, monetary tightening by central banks, and geopolitical developments, 
including the Russia/Ukraine conflict and the conflicts in the Middle East, have adversely impacted and could continue to adversely 
impact financial markets and macroeconomic conditions, as well as result in additional market volatility and disruptions and 
recessionary risk. 
We cannot accurately predict the possibility of weakness in the national or local economy effecting our future operating results. 
We cannot accurately predict the possibility of the national or local economy’s return to recessionary conditions or to a period of 
economic weakness, which would adversely impact the markets we serve. Any deterioration in national or local economic conditions 
would have an adverse effect, which could be material, on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, and 
any economic weakness could present substantial risks for the banking industry and for us. 
Adverse developments affecting the financial services industry, such as actual events or concerns involving liquidity, defaults, or 
non-performance by financial institutions or transactional counterparties, could adversely affect our business operations and our 
financial condition and results of operations. 
 
Actual events involving limited liquidity, defaults, non-performance or other adverse developments that affect financial 
institutions, transactional counterparties or other companies in the financial services industry or the financial services industry 
generally, or concerns or rumors about any events of these kinds or other similar risks, have in the past and may in the future lead to 
market-wide liquidity problems. Since 2023, several financial services institutions failed or required outside liquidity support, in many 
cases, as a result of the inability of the institutions to obtain needed liquidity. For example, on March 10, 2023, Silicon Valley Bank 
(“SVB”) was closed by the California Department of Financial Protection and Innovation, which appointed the FDIC as receiver. This 
has led to additional risk for other financial services institutions and the financial services industry generally as a result of increased 
lack of confidence in the financial sector. The failure of other banks and financial institutions and the measures taken by governments, 
businesses and other organizations in response to these events could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of 
operations.  
 
Inflation and higher interest rates have led to a decline in the trading value of previously issued government securities with 
interest rates below current market interest rates. Additionally, there is no guarantee that the U.S. Department of Treasury, FDIC and 
Federal Reserve Board will provide access to uninsured funds in the future in the event of the closure of other banks or financial 
institutions, or that they would do so in a timely fashion. There can be no assurance that there will not be additional bank failures or 
issues such as liquidity concerns in the broader financial services industry or in the U.S. financial system as a whole. Adverse financial 
market and economic conditions can exert downward pressure on stock prices, security prices, and credit availability for certain 
issuers without regard to their underlying financial strength.  
 
Any of these impacts, or any other impacts resulting from the factors described above or other related or similar factors, could 
have material adverse effect on our liquidity and our business operations and financial condition and results of operations. 
Recent bank failures have created significant market volatility, regulatory uncertainty, and decreased confidence in the U.S. 
banking system. 
  
Recent bank failures have caused significant market volatility, regulatory uncertainty, and decreased confidence in the U.S. 
banking system. These bank failures occurred during a period of rapidly rising interest rates which, among other things, has resulted in 
unrealized losses in longer duration securities and more competition for bank deposits, and may increase the risk of a potential 
economic recession in the United States. The failure of other financial institutions may cause deposit outflows as customers spread 
deposits among several different banks so as to maximize their amount of FDIC insurance, move deposits to banks deemed "too big to 
fail" or remove deposits from the U.S. financial system entirely. We may experience more deposit volatility as customers react to 
adverse events or market speculation involving financial institutions in the future. Inability to access short-term funding or the loss of 
client deposits could increase our cost of funding, limit access to capital markets or negatively impact our overall liquidity or 
capitalization. 
  
Ratings agencies have also reacted to recent events by issuing updated ratings and assessments. In 2024, Moody’s changed the 
global outlook for banks to stable from negative, but has downgraded the ratings of several large U.S. banks.  Our ratings are subject 
to further adjustments based on a number of factors, including our financial strength and ability to generate earnings as well as factors 
not entirely within our control, such as conditions affecting the financial services industry generally. 
  

 
24 
 
In response to the bank failures, the United States government may adopt a variety of measures and new regulations designed to 
strengthen capital levels, liquidity standards, and risk management practices and otherwise restore confidence in financial institutions. 
Any reforms, if adopted, could have a significant impact on banks and bank holding companies. The premiums of the FDIC’s deposit 
insurance program are expected to increase and a special assessment was imposed to recover losses to the Deposit Insurance Fund, 
following the failure of Silicon Valley Bank. Banking regulators have also signaled further review of regulatory requirements and the 
potential for changes to laws or regulations governing banks and bank holding companies. Changes resulting from these events could 
include increased regulatory oversight, higher capital requirements or changes in the way regulatory capital is calculated, and the 
impositions of additional restrictions through regulatory changes or supervisory or enforcement activities, each of which could have a 
material impact on our business. 
 
The failure to address the federal debt ceiling in a timely manner, downgrades of the U.S. credit rating and uncertain credit and  
financial market conditions may affect the stability of securities issued or guaranteed by the federal government, which may affect 
the valuation or liquidity of our investment securities portfolio and increase future borrowing costs. 
  
Recent federal budget deficit concerns and political conflict over legislation to raise the U.S. government’s debt limit have 
increased the possibility of a default by the U.S. government on its debt obligations, related credit-rating downgrades, or an economic 
recession in the United States. As a result of uncertain political, credit and financial market conditions, including the potential 
consequences of the federal government defaulting on its obligations for a period of time due to federal debt ceiling limitations or other 
unresolved political issues, investments in financial instruments issued or guaranteed by the federal government pose credit default and 
liquidity risks. Given that future deterioration in the U.S. credit and financial markets is a possibility, losses or significant deterioration 
in the fair value of our U.S. government issued or guaranteed investments may occur. Downgrades to the U.S. credit rating could affect 
the stability of securities issued or guaranteed by the federal government and the valuation or liquidity of our portfolio of such investment 
securities, and could result in our counterparties requiring additional collateral for our borrowings. Further, unless and until U.S. 
political, credit and financial market conditions have been sufficiently resolved or stabilized, it may increase our future borrowing costs.  
 
 
There are risks associated with our lending activities and our allowance for credit losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb 
actual incurred losses in our loan portfolio. 
 
Lending money is a substantial part of our business. Every loan carries a certain risk that it will not be repaid in accordance with 
its terms or that any underlying collateral will not be sufficient to assure repayment. This risk is affected by, among other things: 
• cash flow of the borrower and/or the project being financed; 
• in the case of a collateralized loan, the changes and uncertainties as to the future value of the collateral; 
• the credit history of a particular borrower; 
• changes in economic and industry conditions; and 
• the duration of the loan. 
 
 
We maintain an allowance for credit losses which we believe is appropriate to provide for current expected credit losses inherent 
in our loan portfolio. The amount of this allowance is determined by our management through a periodic review and consideration of 
several factors, including, but not limited to: 
• an ongoing review of the quality, size and diversity of the loan portfolio; 
• evaluation of non-performing loans; 
• historical default and loss experience; 
• historical recovery experience; 
• existing economic conditions; 
• reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of reported amounts;   
• risk characteristics of the various classifications of loans; and 
• the amount and quality of collateral, including guarantees, securing the loans. 
 
 
 

 
25 
 
If actual losses on our loans exceed our estimates used to establish our allowance for credit losses, our business, financial 
condition and profitability may suffer. 
The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for credit losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and 
requires us to make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of 
our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans. In 
determining the amount of the allowance for credit losses, we review our loans and the loss and delinquency experience, and evaluate 
economic conditions and make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material 
changes. If our estimates are incorrect, the allowance for credit losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan 
portfolio, resulting in the need for additions to our allowance through an increase in the provision for credit losses. Deterioration in 
economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and 
other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require an increase in the allowance for credit losses. In addition, bank 
regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for credit losses and may require an increase in the provision for credit losses or 
the recognition of further charge-offs (which will in turn also require an increase in the provision for credit losses if the charge-offs 
exceed the allowance for credit losses), based on judgments different than that of management. Any increases in the provision for 
credit losses will result in a decrease in net income and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of 
operations. 
Our underwriting practices may not protect us against losses in our loan portfolio. 
We seek to mitigate the risks inherent in our loan portfolio by adhering to specific underwriting practices, including: analyzing a 
borrower’s credit history, financial statements, tax returns and cash flow projections; valuing collateral based on reports of 
independent appraisers; and verifying liquid assets. Although we believe that our underwriting criteria are, and historically have been, 
appropriate for the various kinds of loans we make, we have incurred losses on loans that have met these criteria, and may continue to 
experience higher than expected losses depending on economic factors and consumer behavior. In addition, our ability to assess the 
creditworthiness of our customers may be impaired if the models and approaches we use to select, manage, and underwrite our 
customers become less predictive of future behaviors. Finally, we may have higher credit risk, or experience higher credit losses, to 
the extent our loans are concentrated by loan type, industry segment, borrower type, or location of the borrower or collateral. 
Deterioration in real estate values and underlying economic conditions in the Central Valley and the Eastern Sierras could result in 
significantly higher credit losses to our portfolio. 
Because our loan portfolio has a large concentration of real estate loans, and commercial real estate loans in particular, negative 
changes in the economy affecting real estate values and liquidity, or regional and national market conditions, could impair the 
value of collateral securing our real estate loans and result in loan and other losses.   
 
As of December 31, 2024, consumer and commercial real estate loans constituted 90% of our loan portfolio, of which 97% were 
commercial real estate loans. Our real estate portfolio is subject to certain risks, including (i) downturns in the California economy, (ii) 
significant interest rate fluctuations, (iii) reduction in real estate values in the California Central Valley, (iv) increased competition in 
pricing and loan structure, and (v) environmental risks, including natural disasters.  As a result of the high concentration of real estate 
loans in our loan portfolio, potential difficulties in the real estate markets could cause significant increases in nonperforming loans, 
which would reduce our profits. The market value of real estate can fluctuate significantly in a short period of time as a result of 
market conditions in the geographic area in which the real estate is located. A decline in real estate values could cause some of our 
mortgage loans to become inadequately collateralized, which would expose us to a greater risk of loss.  Real estate values and real 
estate markets are generally affected by changes in national, regional or local economic conditions, the rate of unemployment, 
fluctuations in interest rates and the availability of loans to potential purchasers, changes in tax laws and other governmental statutes, 
regulations and policies and acts of nature, such as earthquakes and other natural disasters. Additionally, a decline in real estate values 
could adversely affect our portfolio of commercial real estate loans and could result in a decline in the origination of such loans.  
 
Our commercial real estate loans involve higher principal amounts than other loans and repayment of these loans may be 
dependent on factors outside our control or the control of our borrowers. 
 
We originate commercial real estate loans for individuals and businesses for various purposes, which are secured by commercial 
properties. These loans typically involve higher principal amounts than other types of loans, and repayment is dependent upon income 
generated, or expected to be generated, by the property securing the loan in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt 
service, which may be adversely affected by changes in the economy or local market conditions. For example, if the cash flow from 
the borrower’s project is reduced as a result of leases not being obtained or renewed in a timely manner or at all, the borrower’s ability 
to repay the loan may be impaired. 
 

 
26 
 
Commercial real estate loans also expose us to greater credit risk than loans secured by residential real estate because the 
collateral securing these loans typically cannot be sold as easily as residential real estate. In addition, many of our commercial real 
estate loans are not fully amortizing and contain large balloon payments upon maturity. Such balloon payments may require the 
borrower to either sell or refinance the underlying property in order to make the payment, which may increase the risk of default or 
non-payment. 
 
If we foreclose on a commercial real estate loan, our holding period for the collateral typically is longer than for residential 
mortgage loans because there are fewer potential purchasers of the collateral. Additionally, commercial real estate loans generally 
have relatively large balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. Accordingly, if we make any errors in judgment in 
the collectability of our commercial real estate loans, any resulting charge-offs may be larger on a per loan basis than those incurred 
with our residential or consumer loan portfolios.  
 
Repayment of our commercial and industrial loans is often dependent on the cash flows of the borrower, which may be 
unpredictable, and the collateral securing these loans may not be sufficient to repay the loan in the event of default. 
 
We make our commercial and industrial loans primarily based on the identified cash flow of the borrower and secondarily on the 
underlying collateral provided by the borrower. Collateral securing commercial and industrial loans may depreciate over time, be 
difficult to appraise and fluctuate in value. In the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the availability of funds for the 
repayment of these loans may be substantially dependent on the ability of the borrower to collect the amounts due from its customers.  
 
We are exposed to risk of environmental liabilities with respect to real properties which we may acquire. 
 
In prior years, due to weakness of the U.S. economy and, more specifically, the California economy, including higher levels of 
unemployment than the nationwide average and declines in real estate values, certain borrowers have been unable to meet their loan 
repayment obligations and, as a result, we have had to initiate foreclosure proceedings with respect to and take title to a number of real 
properties that had collateralized their loans. As an owner of such properties, we could become subject to environmental liabilities and 
incur substantial costs for any property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up that may be required due to any 
environmental contamination that may be found to exist at any of those properties, even though we did not engage in the activities that 
led to such contamination. In addition, if we are the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law 
claims by third parties seeking damages for environmental contamination emanating from the site. If we were to become subject to 
significant environmental liabilities or costs, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely 
affected. 
 
Our business is subject to interest rate risk and variations in interest rates may hurt our profits. 
 
To be profitable, we have to earn more money in interest that we receive on loans and investments than we pay to our depositors 
and lenders in interest. If interest rates rise, our net interest income and the value of our assets could be reduced if interest paid on 
interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits, increases more quickly than interest received on interest-earning assets, such as loans, 
other mortgage-related investments and investment securities. This is most likely to occur if short-term interest rates increase at a 
faster rate than long-term interest rates, which would cause our net interest income to go down. In addition, rising interest rates may 
hurt our income, because that may reduce the demand for loans and the value of our securities. In a rapidly changing interest rate 
environment, we may not be able to manage our interest rate risk effectively, which would adversely impact our financial condition 
and results of operations.  
 
If interest rates decline, our net interest income could be reduced if interest rates on interest-earning assets such as loans, 
investment securities and cash balances, decrease more quickly than interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits.     
 
New lines of business, new products and services, or strategic project initiatives may subject us to additional risks. 
 
From time to time, we may seek to implement new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of 
business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not 
fully developed. In developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new products and services, we may invest significant time 
and resources. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may 
not be achieved, and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible, which could in turn have a material negative effect on our 
operating results. New lines of business and/or new products or services also could subject us to additional regulatory requirements, 
increased scrutiny by our regulators and other legal risks. 
 
Additionally, from time to time we undertake strategic project initiatives. Significant effort and resources are necessary to 
manage and oversee the successful completion of these initiatives. These initiatives often place significant demands on a limited 

 
27 
 
number of employees with subject matter expertise and management and may involve significant costs to implement as well as 
increase operational risk as employees learn to process transactions under new systems. The failure to properly execute on these 
strategic initiatives could adversely impact our business and results of operations. 
 
Strong competition within our market areas may limit our growth and profitability. 
 
Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. In our market areas, we compete with commercial banks, 
savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, and brokerage 
and investment banking firms operating locally and elsewhere. Many of these competitors have substantially greater name recognition, 
resources and lending limits than we do and may offer certain services or prices for services that we do not or cannot provide. Our 
profitability depends upon our continued ability to successfully compete in our markets. 
 
In addition, our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our clients by using technology to 
provide products and services that will satisfy client demands for convenience, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our 
operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We may not be able 
to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our 
clients. 
 
 
Risks Related to Our Operations 
 
We face significant operational risks. 
 
We operate many different financial service functions and rely on the ability of our employees, third party vendors and systems 
to process a significant number of transactions. Operational risk is the risk of loss from operations, including fraud by employees or 
outside persons, employees’ execution of incorrect or unauthorized transactions, data processing and technology errors or hacking and 
breaches of internal control systems. 
 
Our enterprise risk management framework may not be effective in mitigating risk and reducing the potential for losses. 
 
Our enterprise risk management framework seeks to mitigate risk and loss to us. We have established comprehensive policies 
and procedures and an internal control framework designed to provide a sound operational environment for the types of risk to which 
we are subject, including credit risk, market risk (interest rate and price risks), liquidity risk, operational risk, compliance risk, 
strategic risk, and reputational risk. However, as with any risk management framework, there are inherent limitations to our current 
and future risk management strategies, including risks that we have not appropriately anticipated or identified. In certain instances, we 
rely on models to measure, monitor and predict risks. However, these models are inherently limited because they involve techniques, 
including the use of historical data in some circumstances, and judgments that cannot anticipate every economic and financial 
outcome in the markets in which we operate, nor can they anticipate the specifics and timing of such outcomes. There is no assurance 
that these models will appropriately capture all relevant risks or accurately predict future events or exposures. Accurate and timely 
enterprise-wide risk information is necessary to enhance management’s decision-making in times of crisis. If our enterprise risk 
management framework proves ineffective or if our enterprise-wide management information is incomplete or inaccurate, we could 
suffer unexpected losses, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition. In addition, our 
businesses and the markets in which we operate are continuously evolving. We may fail to fully understand the implications of 
changes in our businesses or the financial markets or fail to adequately or timely enhance our enterprise risk framework to address 
those changes. If our enterprise risk framework is ineffective, either because it fails to keep pace with changes in the financial markets, 
regulatory requirements, our businesses, our counterparties, clients or service providers or for other reasons, we could incur losses, 
suffer reputational damage or find ourselves out of compliance with applicable regulatory or contractual mandates. 
 
An important aspect of our enterprise risk management framework is creating a risk culture in which all employees fully 
understand that there is risk in every aspect of our business and the importance of managing risk as it relates to their job functions. We 
continue to enhance our enterprise risk management program to support our risk culture, ensuring that it is sustainable and appropriate 
to our role as a major financial institution. Nonetheless, if we fail to create the appropriate environment that sensitizes all of our 
employees to managing risk, our business could be adversely impacted. 
 
Managing reputational risk is important to attracting and maintaining customers, investors and employees. 
 
Threats to our reputation can come from many sources, including adverse sentiment about financial institutions generally, 
unethical practices, employee misconduct, failure to deliver minimum standards of service or quality, compliance deficiencies, 
regulatory investigations, cybersecurity breaches, marketplace rumors and questionable or fraudulent activities of our customers. We 

 
28 
 
have policies and procedures in place to promote ethical conduct and protect our reputation. However, these policies and procedures 
may not be fully effective and cannot adequately protect against all threats to our reputation. Negative publicity regarding our 
business, employees, or customers, with or without merit, may result in the loss of customers, investors and employees, costly 
litigation, a decline in revenues and increased governmental oversight. 
 
Liquidity risk could impair our ability to fund operations and jeopardize our financial condition. 
 
Liquidity is essential to our business. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of loans and other sources 
could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities or 
on terms that are acceptable to us could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry or economy 
in general. 
 
Factors that could detrimentally impact our access to liquidity sources include a decrease in the level of our business activity as a 
result of a downturn in the markets in which our loans are concentrated or adverse regulatory action against us. Our ability to borrow 
could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as a disruption in the financial markets or negative views and 
expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry. 
 
We currently hold a significant amount of bank owned life insurance. 
 
At December 31, 2024, we held bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) on certain key and former employees and executives and 
our directors, with a cash surrender value of $37,558,000. The eventual repayment of the cash surrender value is subject to the ability 
of the various insurance companies to pay death benefits or to return the cash surrender value to us if needed for liquidity purposes. 
We continually monitor the financial strength of the various companies with whom we carry these policies. 
 
However, any one of these companies could experience a decline in financial strength, which could impair its ability to pay 
benefits or return our cash surrender value. If we need to liquidate these policies for liquidity purposes, we would be subject to 
taxation on the increase in cash surrender value and penalties for early termination, both of which would adversely impact earnings. 
 
We rely on numerous external vendors. 
 
We rely on numerous external vendors to provide us with products and services necessary to maintain our day-to-day operations. 
Accordingly, our operations are exposed to risk that these vendors will not perform in accordance with the contracted arrangements 
under service level agreements. The failure of an external vendor to perform in accordance with the contracted arrangements under 
service level agreements because of changes in the vendor's organizational structure, financial condition, support for existing products 
and services or strategic focus or for any other reason, could be disruptive to our operations, which in turn could have a material 
negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations. We also could be adversely affected to the extent such an 
agreement is not renewed by the third-party vendor or is renewed on terms less favorable to us. 
 
Our holding company relies on dividends from the Bank for substantially all of its income and the net proceeds of capital raising 
transactions are currently the primary source of funds for cash dividends to our preferred and common stockholders. 
 
Our primary source of revenue at the holding company level is dividends from the Bank and we also have previously relied on 
the net proceeds of capital raising transactions as the primary source of funds for cash dividends to our preferred and common 
stockholders. To the extent we are limited in our ability to raise capital in the future, our ability to pay cash dividends to our 
stockholders could likewise be limited, especially if we are unable to increase the amount of dividends the Bank pays to us. If the 
Bank is unable to pay dividends to us, then we may not be able to service our debt, including our senior notes, pay our other 
obligations or pay cash dividends on our preferred and common stock. Our inability to service our debt, pay our other obligations or 
pay dividends to our stockholders could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and the value of your investment in 
our securities. 
 
We may elect or be compelled to seek additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available when it is needed. 
 
We are required by federal regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations. At some point, 
we may need to raise additional capital to support continued growth. 
 
Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on conditions in the capital markets, economic conditions, our 
financial performance and a number of other factors, many of which are outside our control. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of our 
ability to raise additional capital if needed or on terms acceptable to us. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, our ability 

 
29 
 
to further expand our operations could be materially impaired and our financial condition and liquidity could be materially and 
adversely affected. 
 
 
Climate change manifesting as physical or transition risks could adversely affect our operations, businesses and customers. 
 
There is an increasing concern over the risks of climate change and related environmental sustainability matters. The physical risks 
of climate change include discrete events, such as flooding and wildfires, and longer term shifts in climate patterns, such as extreme 
heat, sea level rise, and more frequent and prolonged drought. Such events could disrupt the Company’s operations or those of its clients 
or third parties on which it relies, including through direct damage to assets and indirect impacts from supply chain disruption and 
market volatility. Additionally, transitioning to a low carbon economy may entail extensive policy, legal, technology, and market 
initiatives. Transition risks, including changes in consumer preferences and additional regulatory requirements or taxes, could increase 
expenses and undermine business strategies. In addition, Company’s reputation and client relationships may be damaged as a result of 
practices related to climate change, including its involvement, or its clients’ involvement, in certain industries or projects associated 
with causing or exacerbating climate change, as well as any decisions the Company makes to continue to conduct or change its activities 
in response to considerations relating to climate change, including the setting of climate-related goals, commitments and targets. As 
climate risk is interconnected with all key risk types, the Company is advancing its processes to embed climate risk considerations into 
risk management strategies such as market, credit and operational risks; however, because the timing and severity of climate change 
may not be predictable, risk management strategies may not be effective in mitigating climate risk exposure. 
 
 
Technology Risks  
 
Our security measures may not be sufficient to mitigate the risk of a cyber-attack or cyber theft. 
 
Communications and information systems are essential to the conduct of our business, as we use such systems to manage our 
customer relationships, our general ledger and virtually all other aspects of our business. Our operations rely on the secure collection, 
processing, storage, and transmission of confidential, personal, and other information using our computer systems and networks and as 
part of our internet banking activities, as well as the computer systems and networks of third party service providers that support our 
operations, but which we do not control. Although we take protective measures and endeavor to enhance them as circumstances 
warrant, the security of our computer systems, software, and networks, as well as those of our computer systems and networks of third 
party service providers that support our operations, may be vulnerable to security breaches, unauthorized access, misuse, computer 
viruses, or other malicious code and cyber-attacks whose objectives include obtaining unauthorized access confidential and personal 
information, manipulation or destruction of data, disruption or our services, or theft of money. The rapid evolution and increased 
adoption of artificial intelligence technologies have also given rise to additional vulnerabilities and potential entry points for cyber 
threats.  If one or more of these events occur, this could jeopardize our or our customers' confidential, personal, and other information 
collected and processed by, stored in, and transmitted through our computer systems and networks and our third party service 
providers, or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations or adversely impact our customers or counterparties. 
These adverse consequences could include causing certain customers to cease doing business with us, impair our ability to attract new 
customers or expand relationships with existing customers and third parties, making it difficult to service customers and comply with 
regulatory obligations (including privacy and banking laws), or impair our brand and reputation.  We may be required to expend 
significant additional resources to enhance our protective measures, to investigate any such event, notify individuals, third parties, or 
regulators, and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures, and we may be subject to litigation and financial losses that are either not 
insured against or not fully covered through any insurance maintained by us. We could also suffer significant reputational damage. 
 
Our security measures may not protect us from systems failures or interruptions. 
 
While we have established policies and procedures to prevent or limit the impact of systems failures and interruptions, there can 
be no assurance that such events will not occur or that they will be adequately addressed if they do. In addition, we outsource certain 
aspects of our data processing and other operational functions to certain third-party providers. If our third-party providers encounter 
difficulties, or if we have difficulty in communicating with them, our ability to adequately process and account for transactions could 
be affected, and our business operations could be adversely impacted. Threats to information security also exist in the processing of 
customer information through various other vendors and their personnel. 
 
We may be required to expend significant additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our information security 
infrastructure or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities in response to continuing information systems 
security threats. 
 

 
30 
 
The occurrence of any systems failure or interruption could damage our reputation and result in a loss of customers and business, 
could subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or could expose us to legal liability. Any of these occurrences could have a material 
adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. 
 
We rely on communications, information, operating and financial control systems technology from third party service providers, 
and we may suffer an interruption in those systems. 
 
We rely heavily on third party service providers for much of our communications, information, operating and financial control 
systems technology, including our online banking services and data processing systems. We also rely on third party vendors, who may 
experience unauthorized access to and disclosure of client or customer information or the destruction or theft of such information. Any 
failure or interruption, or breaches in security, of these systems could result in failures or interruptions in our customer relationship 
management, general ledger, deposit, servicing and/or loan origination systems and, therefore, could harm our business, operating 
results and financial condition. Additionally, interruptions in service and security breaches could lead existing customers to terminate 
their banking relationships with us and could make it more difficult for us to attract new banking customers. 
 
We are subject to a variety of federal and state privacy and data security laws, which govern the collection, safeguarding, sharing 
and use of customer information 
 
We are subject to a variety of federal and state privacy and data security laws, which govern the collection, safeguarding, sharing 
and use of customer information, and require that financial institutions have in place policies regarding information privacy and 
security. For example, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (“GLBA”) requires all financial institutions offering financial products or 
services to retail customers to provide such customers with the financial institution’s privacy policy and practices for sharing 
nonpublic information with third parties, provide advance notice of any changes to the policies and provide such customers the 
opportunity to “opt out” of the sharing of certain personal financial information with unaffiliated third parties. It also requires banks to 
safeguard personal information of consumer customers. Some state laws also protect the privacy of information of state residents and 
require adequate security for such data, and certain state laws may, in some circumstances, require us to notify affected individuals of 
security breaches of computer databases that contain their personal information. These laws may also require us to notify law 
enforcement, regulators or consumer reporting agencies in the event of a data breach, as well as businesses and governmental agencies 
that own data. 
 
Data privacy and data security are areas of increasing state legislative focus. The California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”), 
which became effective and enforceable in 2020 requires, among other things, covered companies to provide new disclosures to 
California consumers regarding the use of personal information, gives California residents expanded rights to access their personal 
information and allows such consumers new abilities to opt-out of certain sales of personal information.  Further, the new California 
Privacy Rights Act (“CPRA”) which was passed in November 2020, significantly modifies the CCPA. In addition, if the rules and 
proposals under CIRCIA are adopted as anticipated, financial services companies will be required to report significant cyber incidents 
to the CISA within 72 hours from the time the company reasonably believes the incident occurred (and within 24 hours of making a 
ransom payment as a result of a ransomware attack). Finally, several states have passed, implemented or enacted new cybersecurity 
and data privacy laws. These modifications may result in additional uncertainty and require us to incur additional costs and expenses 
in our effort to comply. Because we meet the thresholds set forth in or else are a covered entity under the CCPA, CPRA and CIRCIA, 
we will be required to comply with these laws. We will continue to monitor developments related to the CCPA, CPRA, CIRCIA and 
the enactment and implementation of new state laws. The full impact of the CCPA, CPRA, CIRCIA and newly enacted state laws on 
our business is yet to be determined.  
 
Like other lenders, we use credit bureau data in their underwriting activities. Use of such data is regulated under the Fair Credit 
Reporting Act (“FCRA”), and the FCRA also regulates reporting information to credit bureaus, prescreening individuals for credit 
offers, sharing of information between affiliates and using affiliate data for marketing purposes. Similar state laws may impose 
additional requirements on us. 
 
 
 
 

 
31 
 
Regulatory Risks 
 
We operate in a highly regulated environment and our operations and income may be affected adversely by changes in laws, rules 
and regulations governing our operations. 
 
We are subject to extensive regulation and supervision by the DFPI, FRB and the FDIC. The FRB regulates the supply of money 
and credit in the United States. Its fiscal and monetary policies determine in a large part our cost of funds for lending and investing 
and the return that can be earned on those loans and investments, both of which affect our net interest margin. FRB policies can also 
materially affect the value of financial instruments that we hold, such as debt securities. Its policies also can affect our borrowers, 
potentially increasing the risk that they may fail to repay their loans or satisfy their obligations to us. Changes in policies of the FRB 
are beyond our control and the impact of changes in those policies on our activities and results of operations can be difficult to predict. 
 
The Company and the Bank are heavily regulated. This regulation is to protect depositors, federal deposit insurance funds and 
the banking system as a whole, and not stockholders. These regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their 
supervisory and enforcement activities, including the ability to impose increased capital requirements and restrictions on a bank’s 
operations, to reclassify assets, to determine the adequacy of a bank’s allowance for credit losses and to set the level of deposit 
insurance premiums assessed. 
 
Congress, state legislatures and federal and state agencies continually review banking, lending and other laws, regulations and 
policies for possible changes. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, new regulations 
or legislation, that applies to us or additional deposit insurance premiums could have a material adverse impact on our operations. 
Because our business is highly regulated, the laws and applicable regulations are subject to frequent change. Any new laws, rules and 
regulations could make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition or 
growth prospects. Such changes could subject us to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products we may offer 
and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. 
 
In addition, we expect the Trump administration will seek to implement a regulatory reform agenda that is significantly different 
than that of the Biden administration, thereby impacting the rulemaking, supervision, examination and enforcement priorities of the 
federal banking agencies. Our results of operations could be adversely affected by changes in laws and regulations and in the way 
existing statutes and regulations are interpreted or applied by courts and government agencies. 
 
 
The Dodd-Frank Act and supporting regulations could have a material adverse effect on us. 
 
The Dodd-Frank Act provides for various capital requirements and new restrictions on financial institutions and their holding 
companies. These changes may result in additional restrictions on investments and other activities. 
 
Regulations under the Dodd-Frank Act significantly impact our operations, and we expect to continue to face increased 
regulation. These regulations may affect the manner in which we do business and the products and services that we provide, affect or 
restrict our ability to compete in our current businesses or our ability to enter into or acquire new businesses, reduce or limit our 
revenue or impose additional fees, assessments or taxes on us, intensify the regulatory supervision of us and the financial services 
industry, and adversely affect our business operations. 
 
The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, established the CFPB with broad authority to administer and enforce a new federal 
regulatory framework of consumer financial regulation. Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act have extended implementation 
periods and require extensive rulemaking, guidance and interpretation by various regulatory agencies. While some rules have been 
finalized or issued in proposed form, some have yet to be proposed. It is impossible to predict when all such additional rules will be 
issued or finalized, and what the content of such rules will be. 
 
We must apply resources to ensure that we are in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and any 
implementing rules, which may increase our costs of operations and adversely impact our earnings. We expect that the Dodd-Frank 
Act, including current and future rules implementing its provisions and the interpretations of those rules, will reduce our revenues, 
increase our expenses, require us to change certain of our business practices, increase the regulatory supervision of us, increase our 
capital requirements and impose additional assessments and costs on us, and otherwise adversely affect our business. 
 
 
 

 
32 
 
The short-term and long-term impact of the changing regulatory capital requirements and new capital rules is uncertain. 
 
Under the U.S. regulatory capital rules to implementing the Basel III regulatory capital framework, banking organizations, 
including the Company are subject to a common equity Tier 1 minimum capital requirement of 4.5 percent of risk-weighted assets and 
a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital requirement of 6.0 percent of risk-weighted assets and assigns higher risk-weightings than in the 
past (150 percent) to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on non-accrual status and certain commercial real estate 
facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property. The final rule also limits a banking organization’s 
capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments if the banking organization does not hold a “capital conservation 
buffer” in excess of 2.5 percent of common equity tier 1 capital in addition to the minimum risk-based capital ratios. An institution 
will be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level 
falls below the buffer amount. 
 
While our current capital levels exceed the capital requirements, our capital levels could decrease in the future as a result of 
factors such as acquisitions, faster than anticipated growth, reduced earnings levels, operating losses and other factors. The application 
of more stringent capital requirements for us could, among other things, result in lower returns on equity, require the raising of 
additional capital, and result in our inability to pay dividends or repurchase shares if we were to be unable to comply with such 
requirements. 
 
We are subject to federal and state fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to material penalties. 
 
Federal and state fair lending laws and regulations, such as the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, impose nondiscriminatory lending 
requirements on financial institutions. The Department of Justice, CFPB and other federal and state agencies are responsible for 
enforcing these laws and regulations. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair 
lending laws in private class action litigation. A successful challenge to our performance under the fair lending laws and regulations 
could adversely impact our rating under the CRA and result in a wide variety of sanctions, including the required payment of damages 
and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, imposition of restrictions on merger and acquisition activity and restrictions on expansion 
activity, which could negatively impact our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations. 
 
Non-compliance with the USA Patriot Act, Bank Secrecy Act, or other laws and regulations could result in fines or sanctions or 
operating restrictions. 
 
The USA Patriot Act and Bank Secrecy Act require financial institutions to develop programs to prevent financial institutions 
from being used for money laundering and terrorist activities. If such activities are detected, financial institutions are obligated to file 
suspicious activity reports with the U.S. Treasury’s Office of Financial Crimes Enforcement Network. These rules require financial 
institutions to establish procedures for identifying and verifying the identity of customers seeking to open new financial accounts. In 
addition, legal requirements relating to the collection, storage, handling, use, disclosure, transfer, and security of personal data 
continue to increase, along with enforcement actions and investigations by regulatory authorities related to data security incidents and 
privacy violations. Failure to comply with these regulations could result in fines, sanctions or restrictions that could have a material 
adverse effect on our strategic initiatives. Several banking institutions have received large fines, or suffered limitations on their 
operations, for non-compliance with these laws and regulations. Although we have developed policies and procedures designed to 
assist in compliance with these laws and regulations, no assurance can be given that these policies and procedures will be effective in 
preventing violations of these laws and regulations. 
 
Increases in deposit insurance premiums and special FDIC assessments will negatively impact our earnings. 
 
FDIC-insured banks are required to pay deposit insurance assessments to the FDIC. The amount of the deposit insurance 
assessment for institutions with less than $10.0 billion in assets, such as the Bank, is based on its risk category, with certain 
adjustments for any unsecured debt or brokered deposits held by the insured bank. We may pay higher FDIC premiums in the future 
and increases in deposit insurance premiums and special FDIC assessments will negatively impact our earnings.   
 
 
 
 

 
33 
 
Tax and Financial Risks 
 
The Company has a deferred tax asset that may or may not be fully realized. 
 
The Company has a deferred tax asset and cannot assure that it will be fully realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the 
expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities 
computed using enacted tax rates. If we determine that we will not achieve sufficient future taxable income to realize our net deferred 
tax asset, we are required under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) to establish a full or partial valuation allowance. If 
we determine that a valuation allowance is necessary, we are required to incur a charge to operations. We regularly assess available 
positive and negative evidence to determine whether it is more likely than not that our net deferred tax asset will be realized. 
Realization of a deferred tax asset requires us to apply significant judgment and is inherently speculative because it requires estimates 
that cannot be made with certainty. At December 31, 2024, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $15.5 million. For additional 
information, see Note 10 to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 
 
We may experience future goodwill impairment. 
 
If our estimates of the fair value of our reporting units change as a result of changes in our business or other factors, we may 
determine that a goodwill impairment charge is necessary. Estimates of fair value are based on a complex model using, among other 
things, estimated cash flows and industry pricing multiples. The Company tests its goodwill for impairment annually as of December 
31 (the Measurement Date), and quarterly if a triggering event causes concern of a possible goodwill impairment charge. At each 
Measurement Date, the Company, in accordance with ASC 350-20-35-3, evaluates, based on the weight of evidence, the significance 
of all qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of each of the reporting units is less than its 
carrying amount. 
 
The assessment of qualitative factors at the most recent Measurement Date (December 31, 2024), indicated that it was not more 
likely than not that impairment existed; as a result, no further testing was performed. No assurance can be given that the Company will 
not record an impairment loss on goodwill in the future and any such impairment loss could have a material adverse effect on our 
results of operations and financial condition. 
 
In preparing our financial statements we make certain assumptions, judgments and estimates that affect amounts reported in our 
consolidated financial statements, which, if not accurate, may significantly impact our financial results. 
 
We make assumptions, judgments and estimates for a number of items, including the fair value of financial instruments, goodwill 
and other intangible assets, the realizability of deferred tax assets, the fair value of stock awards, the allowances for loan losses, income 
tax provisions and determination, recognition and measurement of impaired loans. These assumptions, judgments and estimates are 
drawn from historical experience and various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances as of the date of the 
consolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ materially from our estimates, and such differences could significantly 
impact our financial results. 
 
 
General Risks 
 
We depend on our key employees. 
 
Our future prospects are and will remain highly dependent on our directors and executive officers. Our success will, to some 
extent, depend on the continued service of our directors and continued employment of the executive officers. The unexpected loss of 
the services of any of these individuals could have a detrimental effect on our business. We do not have any employment agreements 
with members of our senior management team that require them to continue to work for us for any specified period and they could 
terminate their employment with us at any time. Therefore, no assurance can be given that these individuals will continue to be 
employed by us. The loss of any of these individuals could negatively affect our ability to achieve our business plan and could have a 
material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. 
 
Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism and other external events could significantly impact our business. 
Severe weather, natural disasters such as earthquakes and wildfires, acts of war or terrorism, global pandemics and other adverse 
external events could have a significant impact on our ability to conduct business. Such events could affect the stability of our deposit 
base, impair the ability of our borrowers to repay their outstanding loans, cause significant property damage or otherwise impair the 
value of collateral securing our loans, and result in loss of revenue and/or cause us to incur additional expenses. Although we have 

 
34 
 
established disaster recovery plans and procedures, and we monitor the effects of any such events on our loans, properties and 
investments, the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on us or our earnings or our financial condition. 
Anti-takeover provisions could negatively impact our stockholders. 
 
Provisions in our charter and bylaws, the corporate law of the State of California and federal regulations could delay, defer or 
prevent a third party from acquiring us, despite the possible benefit to our stockholders, or otherwise adversely affect the market price 
of any class of our equity securities.  These provisions include: the election of directors to staggered terms of three years; advance 
notice requirements for nominations for election to our Board of Directors and for proposing matters that stockholders may act on at 
stockholder meetings, a requirement that only directors may fill a vacancy in our Board of Directors, and the other provisions of our 
charter and bylaws. Our charter also authorizes our Board of Directors to issue preferred stock, and preferred stock could be issued as 
a defensive measure in response to a takeover proposal. In addition, pursuant to federal banking regulations, as a general matter, no 
person or company, acting individually or in concert with others, may acquire more than 10 percent of our common stock without 
prior approval from our federal banking regulator.  These provisions may discourage potential takeover attempts, discourage bids for 
our common stock at a premium over market price or adversely affect the market price of, and the voting and other rights of the 
holders of, our common stock. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for holders of our 
common stock to elect directors other than the candidates nominated by our Board of Directors. 
 
Our business could be negatively affected as a result of actions by activist stockholders. 
 
Campaigns by stockholders to effect changes at publicly traded companies are sometimes led by investors seeking to increase 
short-term stockholder value through various corporate actions. In the future we may have disagreements with activist stockholders 
which could prove disruptive to our operations. Activist stockholders could seek to elect their own candidates to our board of directors 
or could take other actions intended to challenge our business strategy and corporate governance. Responding to actions by activist 
stockholders may adversely affect our profitability or business prospects, by diverting the attention of management and our employees 
from executing our strategic plan. Any perceived uncertainties as to our future direction or strategy arising from activist stockholder 
initiatives could also cause increased reputational, operational, financial, regulatory and other risks, harm our ability to raise new 
capital, or adversely affect the market price or increase the volatility of our securities. 
 
If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements could 
be impaired and investors’ views of us could be harmed. 
 
As a public company, we are required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses 
in such internal controls. We have evaluated and tested our internal controls in order to allow management to report on our internal 
controls, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. If we are not able to meet the requirements of Section 404 in 
a timely manner or with adequate compliance, we would be required to disclose material weaknesses if they develop or are uncovered 
and we may be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, such as the Securities and Exchange Commission. Any 
such action could negatively impact the perception of us in the financial market and our business.  In addition, our internal controls 
may not prevent or detect all errors and fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, is based upon certain 
assumptions and can provide only reasonable assurance that the objectives of the control system will be met.  
 
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they publish negative reports about 
our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline. 
  
The trading market for our common stock may be influenced by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts 
publish about us or our business. We do not have control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade 
our stock or change their opinion of our shares or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would 
likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose 
visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. 
 
 
 

 
35 
 
The price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly, and this may make it difficult for you to sell shares of common stock 
owned by you at times or at prices you find attractive.  
 
The trading price of our common stock may fluctuate widely as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside our 
control. In addition, the stock market is subject to fluctuations in the share prices and trading volumes that affect the market prices of 
the shares of many companies. These broad market fluctuations could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Among 
the factors that could affect our stock price are:  
 
• 
actual or anticipated quarterly fluctuations in our operating results and financial condition and prospects; 
 
• 
changes in revenue or earnings estimates or publication of research reports and recommendations by financial analysts; 
 
• 
failure to meet analysts’ revenue or earnings estimates; 
 
• 
speculation in the press or investment community; 
 
• 
strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings; 
 
• 
acquisitions of other banks or financial institutions; 
 
• 
actions by institutional stockholders; 
 
• 
fluctuations in the stock price and operating results of our competitors; 
 
• 
general market conditions and, in particular, developments related to market conditions for the financial services industry; 
 
• 
proposed or adopted regulatory changes or developments; 
 
• 
anticipated or pending investigations, proceedings, or litigation that involve or affect us; 
 
• 
successful management of reputational risk; 
 
• 
health epidemics, such as the recent outbreak of coronavirus; and 
 
• 
domestic and international economic factors, such as interest or foreign exchange rates, stock, commodity, credit, or asset 
valuations or volatility, unrelated to our performance. 
 
The stock market and, in particular, the market for financial institution stocks, has experienced significant volatility. As a result, 
the market price of our common stock may be volatile. In addition, the trading volume in our common stock may fluctuate more than 
usual and cause significant price variations to occur. The trading price of the shares of our common stock and the value of our other 
securities will depend on many factors, which may change from time to time, including, without limitation, our financial condition, 
performance, creditworthiness and prospects, future sales of our equity or equity related securities, and other factors identified above 
in “Forward-Looking Statements,” and in this Item 1A — “Risk Factors.” The capital and credit markets can experience volatility and 
disruption. Such volatility and disruption can reach unprecedented levels, resulting in downward pressure on stock prices and credit 
availability for certain issuers without regard to their underlying financial strength. A significant decline in our stock price could result 
in substantial losses for individual stockholders and could lead to costly and disruptive securities litigation. 
 
 
ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 
 
None. 
 
 
 
 

 
36 
 
ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY  
 
Cybersecurity risk management and strategy  
 
Cybersecurity and risks associated with information security are operational risks included in the Company’s Enterprise Risk 
Management (“ERM”) Framework. Under the ERM Framework, the Company’s Information Technology department and all 
employees are the first line of defense (“First Line”). Those in the First Line are each responsible for identifying and managing the 
information security risk associated with their activities. The Company’s IT Steering Committee is part of the independent risk 
oversight of information security risk along with the Company’s Compliance and ERM Committees, both of which are management 
risk oversight committees.  
 
The BOD and IT Steering committee are primarily responsible for monitoring management’s implementation of operations and 
technology risk controls, including those relating to cyber security and information security. The Company maintains a data protection 
and information security program designed to ensure adequate governance and oversight is in place while evolving to meet changes in 
applicable laws and regulations, and best practices. The Company’s information security controls and programs are designed to align 
with the National Institute of Standards and Technology (“NIST”) standards for cybersecurity and the Federal Financial Institutions 
Examination Council (“FFIEC”) examination guidelines, along with applicable privacy laws.  
 
Information Security is the responsibility of the officers, employees, and agents of the Company with oversight by the Board of 
Directors (“BOD”). Our investment in people is critical to maintaining an effective cyber defense, which begins by developing and 
maintaining a robust Information Security function within the First Line. The Company’s Chief Information Officer (“CIO") has over 
25 years of network architecture, information technology and cybersecurity experience. Collectively, the Company’s senior leadership 
in this area have nearly 80 years of experience. Each Company employee is responsible for an effective cybersecurity defense which is 
enforced with mandatory interactive cyber awareness training, periodic newsletters, executive security briefs and updates. 
Additionally, the BOD is informed about cybersecurity and the relevant risks posed to the Company via regular updates from the 
Company’s CIO. The BOD is regularly informed and actively oversees the data security and privacy program and its policies. The 
BOD also receives regular education on innovative technology, cybersecurity, information systems/data management, fintech and 
privacy.  
  
Cybersecurity assessments  
 
The Company engages external third parties to perform assessments on our adherence to the FFIEC’s recommendations on cyber 
preparedness and NIST Cybersecurity Framework, as well as to review for best practices for the use of cloud services and FedLine 
requirements. To validate the effectiveness of the Company’s overall information security controls, external third parties also perform 
full-scope external and internal penetration testing designed to mimic the tactics used by individual hackers or criminal hacking 
organizations. The Company also engages external third parties to perform ongoing adversarial simulation.  
  
The Company conducts regular internal cybersecurity assessments intended to measure inherent risk and drive the adjustment of our 
security posture according to the latest threats. These assessments include alignment with the FFIEC’s recommendations on cyber 
preparedness and GLBA Safeguards Rule to protect user data. The Company performs continuous internal and external vulnerability 
scanning to measure and react to new vulnerabilities and seeks conformance to industry best practices for both cloud-based and on-
premises technology. The Company reviews vendor and partner security practices to ensure they maintain proper information security 
safeguards.  
  
Cybersecurity operational measures  
 
Led by our CIO, the Company's data protection, information, cyber and technology services team collaborates with subject-matter 
experts throughout the business to identify, monitor and mitigate material risks, as well as to monitor compliance with the Company’s 
security polices, applicable laws and regulations. The Company’s security monitoring team manages the security of our systems 
through the ingestion of multiple external threat feeds and systems logs. Through the collection and integration of security-related IT 
infrastructure information, external threat intelligence and the expertise of trained security analysts, the Company works to identify 
and address potential indicators of compromise. Potential security events are identified and addressed through defined IT incident 
response activities and with support of the Company’s Incident Response Plan. The Incident Response Plan is in place and updated 
regularly with the intent to reduce impacts to clients and the Company caused by a declared cyber incident, such as an event involving 
malicious code, unauthorized disclosure, loss of information or unauthorized use of information or systems. The Incident Response 
Plan organizes resources to manage and resolve events that harm or threaten the security of information assets. The Incident Response 
Plan includes involvement of the Company’s Executive Leadership Team and BOD based on the severity of a cyber event, including 
the analysis of reporting requirements. The Incident Response Plan is tested annually and includes technical and executive 
management in simulated crisis management cybersecurity tabletop exercises.  

 
37 
 
 
As of the date of this report, other than the risks discussed in “Risk Factors,” the Company knows of no risks from cybersecurity 
threats that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the Company, including its business strategy, results 
of operations, or financial condition.  
 
 
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES 
 
Not applicable. 
 
 
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 
 
From time to time, the Company is a party to claims and legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Our 
management evaluates its exposure to these claims and proceedings individually and in the aggregate and provides for potential losses 
on such litigation if the amount of the loss is estimable and the loss is probable. 
 
There are no pending, or to management's knowledge, any threatened, material legal proceedings to which the Company is a 
party, or to which any of the Company’s properties are subject. Although the results of any such litigation matters and claims cannot 
be predicted with certainty, we believe that the final outcome of any such claims and proceedings will not have a material adverse 
impact on the Company’s financial position, liquidity, or results of operations.  
 
 
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES  
 
Not applicable.  

 
38 
 
PART II 
 
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER 
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES. 
 
Trading Symbol and Holders of Common Stock 
 
Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “OVLY.”  On March 18, 2025, there were 
approximately 349 shareholders of record of the common stock and 8,382,062 outstanding shares of common stock.  The actual 
number of shareholders is greater than this number of record holders and includes shareholders who are beneficial owners but whose 
shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees.  
 
Dividends 
 
Our ability to pay any cash dividends will depend not only upon our earnings during a specified period, but also on our meeting 
certain capital requirements.  
 
Dividends the Company declares are subject to the restrictions set forth in the California General Corporation Law (the 
“Corporation Law”).  The Corporation Law provides that a corporation may make a distribution to its shareholders if the corporation’s 
retained earnings equal at least the amount of the proposed distribution.  The Corporation Law also provides that, in the event that 
sufficient retained earnings are not available for the proposed distribution, a corporation may nevertheless make a distribution to its 
shareholders if it meets two conditions, which generally stated are as follows: (i) the corporation’s assets equal at least 1 and 1/4 times 
its liabilities, and (ii) the corporation’s current assets equal at least its current liabilities or, if the average of the corporation’s earnings 
before taxes on income and before interest expenses for the two preceding fiscal years was less than the average of the corporation’s 
interest expenses for such fiscal years, then the corporation’s current assets must equal at least 1 and 1/4 times its current liabilities.   
 
Additionally, the Federal Reserve Board has authority to limit the payment of dividends by bank holding companies, such as the 
Company, in certain circumstances, requiring, among other things, a holding company to consult with the Federal Reserve Board prior 
to payment of a dividend if the company does not have sufficient recent earnings in excess of the proposed dividend. 
 
The principal source of funds from which the Company may pay dividends is the receipt of dividends from the Bank. The 
availability of dividends from the Bank is limited by various statutes and regulations.  The Bank is subject first to corporate 
restrictions on its ability to pay dividends.  Further, the Bank may not pay a dividend if it would be undercapitalized after the dividend 
payment is made.  The payment of cash dividends by the Bank is subject to restrictions set forth in the Financial Code.  The Financial 
Code provides that a bank may not make a cash distribution to its shareholders in excess of the lesser of (a) bank’s retained earnings; 
or (b) bank’s net income for its last three fiscal years, less the amount of any distributions made by the bank or by any majority-owned 
subsidiary of the bank to the shareholders of the bank during such period.  However, a bank may, with the approval of the DFPI, make 
a distribution to its shareholders in an amount not exceeding the greatest of (a) its retained earnings; (b) its net income for its last fiscal 
year; or (c) its net income for its current fiscal year.  In the event that the DFPI determines that the shareholders’ equity of a bank is 
inadequate or that the making of a distribution by the bank would be unsafe or unsound, the DFPI may order the bank to refrain from 
making a proposed distribution.  The FDIC may also restrict the payment of dividends if such payment would be deemed unsafe or 
unsound or if after the payment of such dividends, the bank would be included in one of the “undercapitalized” categories for capital 
adequacy purposes pursuant to federal law. 
 
While the Federal Reserve Board has no general restriction with respect to the payment of cash dividends by an adequately 
capitalized bank to its parent holding company, the Federal Reserve Board might, under certain circumstances, place restrictions on 
the ability of a particular bank to pay dividends based upon peer group averages and the performance and maturity of the particular 
bank, or object to management fees to be paid by a subsidiary bank to its holding company on the basis that such fees cannot be 
supported by the value of the services rendered or are not the result of an arm’s length transaction. 
 
Shareholders are entitled to receive dividends only when and if dividends are declared by our Board of Directors. Although we 
have paid dividends in the past and anticipate paying comparable dividends in the future, there is no guarantee that we will pay cash 
dividends in the future.   
 
Share Repurchases  
 
The Company has no repurchase plans or programs with respect to its common stock or equity securities in place and therefore 
there were no repurchased shares during the quarter ended December 31, 2024.  
 
 
ITEM 6.  [RESERVED] 

 
39 
 
 
 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS 
 
The following discussion of financial condition as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 and results of operations for each of the 
years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2024 should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and 
related notes thereto, included in this report.  Average balances, including balances used in calculating certain financial ratios, are 
generally comprised of average daily balances.  This discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates 
and beliefs and involve numerous risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-
looking statements. You should carefully read “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” included in this report. 
 
 
Introduction 
 
Our continued focus on responsible community banking fundamentals and our strong customer relationships have enabled us 
to increase our market presence through growth in our loan portfolio, which is primarily funded by steady core deposit growth.  
 
As of December 31, 2024, we had approximately $1.90 billion in total assets, $1.11 billion in total gross loans, and $1.70 
billion in total deposits.   
 
We believe the following were key indicators of our performance during 2024: 
 
• 
Total assets increased to $1.90 billion at the end of 2024, an increase of 3.2%, from $1.84 billion at the end of 2023.  
  
• 
Total deposits increased to $1.70 billion at the end of 2024, an increase of 2.7%, from $1.65 billion at the end of 2023. 
   
• 
Total net loans increased to $1.09 billion at the end of 2024, an increase of 8.9%, from $1.0 billion at the end of 2023. 
 
• 
Net interest income decreased to $70.0 million in 2024, a decrease of $5.7 million or 7.6%, compared to $75.8 million in 
2023, mainly as a result of rising interest rates on deposit accounts. 
 
• 
A reversal of credit losses provisions totaling $1,620,000 and a provision for credit losses of $970,000 were recorded in 2024 
and 2023, respectively.  The reversal in 2024 was mainly due to loan recoveries of $2.2 million. 
 
• 
The ratio of total non-performing loans to total loans remained at 0.00% as of December 31, 2024 and 2023.  
  
• 
Total noninterest income decreased to $6.56 million in 2024, a decrease of 1.1%, from $6.63 million in 2023, which is 
mainly due to negative changes in the fair value of equity securities and decreases in NSF fee income resulting from changes 
in the NSF fee structure charged to deposit customers.   
 
• 
Total noninterest expense increased from $41.2 million in 2023 to $46.0 million in 2024, primarily due to staffing increases 
and general operating costs necessary to support the growing loan and deposit portfolios. 
 
• 
Provision from income taxes decreased by $2.2 million to $7.2 million in 2024, due to lower pre-tax income. 
 
These items, as well as other factors, contributed to the decrease in net income for 2024 to $24.9 million from $30.8 million 
in 2023, which translates into $3.02 per diluted share in 2024 as compared to $3.75 per diluted share in 2023. 
 
Over the past several years, our network of branches and loan production offices have expanded geographically. We currently 
maintain eighteen full-service offices.  We intend to continue our growth strategy in future years through the opening of additional 
branches and loan production offices as our needs and resources permit. 
 
 
2025 Outlook 
 
As we begin our strategic business plan for 2025, we remained focused on relationship-based expansion throughout our 
market area.  We plan to continue to focus on growth of our loan and deposit portfolios to ease pressure on our net interest margin, 
while attempting to control expenses and credit losses.   
 
 

 
40 
 
Unfavorable trends in inflation prompted the Federal Reserve Open Market Committee, or FOMC, to increase the target 
federal funds rate in 2022 and 2023, which resulted yield increases on our earning assets. In response to moderating inflation and 
weakening economic conditions, in 2024 the FOMC made minimal interest rates cuts.  In spite of this, we expect the upward trend in 
our earning asset yield will continue to some degree in 2025 due to continued repricing of existing loans.  However, the negative 
impact of the 2022-2023 FOMC rate hikes was increased rates on deposit accounts, which may continue to some degree into 2025.  
Deposit interest rates are determined based on customer demand, market surveys of offerings from competitive institutions, and 
overall liquidity position. 
 
 The Fed Funds rate is forecasted to decrease moderately during 2025, which could potentially compress net interest income 
and net interest margin further, given that our balance sheet is slightly asset sensitive to interest rate changes primarily due to the 
variable rate loans and interest-earning cash balances.   
 
For 2025, management remains focused on the above challenges and opportunities and other factors affecting the business 
similar to the factors driving the 2024 results as discussed in this section. 
 
 
Critical Accounting Estimates 
 
Critical accounting estimates are those estimates made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles that 
involve a significant level of estimation and uncertainty and have had or are reasonably likely to have a material impact on our 
financial condition and results of operations. We consider accounting estimates to be critical to our financial results if (i) the 
accounting estimate requires management to make assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain, (ii) management could have 
applied different assumptions during the reported period, and (iii) changes in the accounting estimate are reasonably likely to occur in 
the future and could have a material impact on our financial statements. Management has determined the following accounting 
estimates and related policies to be critical: 
 
                         
Allowance for credit losses 
 
Credit risk is inherent in the business of lending and making commercial loans.  Accounting for our allowance for credit 
losses involves significant judgment and assumptions by management and is based on historical data as well as reasonable and 
supportable forecasts of future events. At least on a quarterly basis, our management reviews the methodology and adequacy of 
allowance for credit losses and reports its assessment to the Board of Directors for its review and approval. 
 
The allowance for credit losses is an estimate dependent upon many factors, including loan growth, net charge-offs, 
changes in the composition of the loans, qualitative factors, the valuation of problem loans and the general economic conditions in our 
market area.  See Note 1 and Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, and the “Provision for Credit Losses” and “Allowance 
for Credit Losses” sections of this discussion and analysis for more information on the establishment of the Allowance for Credit 
Losses and the implementation of the Current Expected Credit Loss (“CECL”) model.   
 
 
Recently Issued Accounting Standards 
 
 
See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report. 
 
 
Results of Operations 
 
The Company earns income from two primary sources. The first is net interest income, which is interest income generated by 
earning assets less interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities. The second is noninterest income, which primarily consists of deposit 
service charges and fees, the increase in cash surrender value of life insurance, investment advisory service fee income and mortgage 
commissions. The majority of the Company's noninterest expenses are operating costs that relate to providing a full range of banking 
services to our customers. 
 
 
 
 

 
41 
 
Overview 
 
We recorded net income for the year ended December 31, 2024 of $24,948,000 or $3.02 per diluted share compared to 
$30,848,000 or $3.75 per diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2023.  The decrease in net income for the year ended 
December 31, 2024 was primarily due to a decrease of $5,768,000 in net interest income, as a result of an increase in deposit interest 
expense.  Non-interest income decreased by $76,000 in 2024, mainly due to fair value changes on equity securities and decreased NSF 
fee income.  The provision for credit losses decreased compared to last year due to $2.2 million in loan recoveries in 2024, resulting in 
a $1,620,000 credit loss provision reversal.  Non-interest expense increased by $4,860,000 associated with staffing and general 
operating overhead increases to support the growth of our loan and deposit portfolios.   
 
Highlights of the financial results are presented in the following table: 
 
As of and for the years ended December 31, 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 
2024 
 
2023 
For the period: 
Net income available to common shareholders 
 
$ 
24,948  
 
$ 
30,848  
Net income per common share: 
 
  
   
 
  
   
Basic 
 
$ 
3.04  
 
$ 
3.76  
Diluted 
 
$ 
3.02  
 
$ 
3.75  
Return on average common equity 
 
  
14.39 % 
  
21.87 % 
Return on average assets 
1.35 % 
1.64 % 
Common stock dividend payout ratio of earnings during the period  
  
14.90 % 
  
8.53 % 
Efficiency ratio 
60.08 % 
49.93 % 
At period end: 
 
  
   
 
  
   
Book value per common share 
$ 
21.95 
 
$ 
20.03 
 
Total assets 
 
$ 
1,900,604  
 
$ 
1,842,422  
Total gross loans 
$ 
1,106,535 
 
$ 
1,016,579 
 
Total deposits 
 
$ 
1,695,690  
 
$ 
1,650,534  
Net loan-to-deposit ratio 
64.49 % 
60.85 % 
 
 
Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin 
 
Our primary source of revenue is net interest income, which is the difference between interest and fees derived from earning 
assets and interest paid on liabilities obtained to fund those assets. Our net interest income is affected by changes in the level and mix 
of interest-earning assets and interest- bearing liabilities, referred to as volume changes. Our net interest income is also affected by 
changes in the yields earned on assets and rates paid on liabilities, referred to as rate changes. Interest rates charged on our loans are 
affected principally by the demand for such loans, the supply of money available for lending purposes and competitive factors.  Those 
factors are, in turn, affected by general economic conditions and other factors beyond our control, such as federal economic policies, 
the general supply of money in the economy, legislative tax policies, governmental budgetary matters, and the actions of the Federal 
Reserve Board. 
 

 
42 
 
For a detailed analysis of interest income and interest expense, see the “Average Balance Sheets” and the “Rate/Volume Analysis” 
below. 
 
 
Distribution, Yield and Rate Analysis of Net Income 
 
For the Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in Thousands) 
2024 
2023 
 Average 
Balance 
Interest 
Income/ 
Expense 
 Avg Rate/ 
Yield 
 Average 
Balance 
Interest 
Income/ 
Expense 
 Avg Rate/ 
Yield 
Assets: 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earning assets: 
 
Gross loans (1) (2) 
   $          1,058,294  
 $ 53,483  
5.05% 
  
 $             949,429  
 $ 44,854  
4.72% 
Securities - tax-exempt (2) 
291,826  
11,290  
3.87% 
313,559  
12,487  
3.98% 
 
Securities - taxable 
  
251,610  
11,357  
4.51% 
  
243,300  
10,550  
4.34% 
Federal funds sold 
29,317  
1,547  
5.28% 
27,197  
1,414  
5.20% 
 
Interest-earning deposits 
  
139,489  
7,248  
5.20% 
  
275,160  
13,901  
5.05% 
Total interest-earning assets 
1,770,536  
84,925  
4.80% 
1,808,645  
83,206  
4.60% 
Total noninterest earning assets 
  
82,779  
  
  
  
70,820  
  
  
       Total Assets 
 $          1,853,315  
 $          1,879,465  
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity: 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing liabilities: 
 
Demand 
  
484,046  
2,414  
0.50%  
493,164  
1,358  
0.28% 
Money market 
383,171  
7,616  
1.99% 
374,828  
2,711  
0.72% 
 
Savings 
  
128,203  
175  
0.14% 
  
147,180  
197  
0.13% 
Time deposits $250,000 and under 
47,311  
1,690  
3.57% 
24,172  
375  
1.55% 
 
Time deposits over $250,000 
  
28,837  
966  
3.35% 
  
16,443  
222  
1.35% 
Borrowed funds 
0  
0  
0.00% 
20  
1  
5.00% 
Total interest-bearing liabilities 
  
1,071,568  
12,861  
1.20% 
  
1,055,807  
4,864  
0.46% 
Noninterest-bearing liabilities: 
 
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits 
  
584,477  
  
  
  
653,034  
  
  
Other liabilities 
23,935  
29,585  
Total noninterest-bearing liabilities 
  
608,412  
  
  
  
682,619  
  
  
Shareholders' equity 
173,335  
141,039  
 
      Total liabilities and shareholders' equity 
   $          1,853,315  
  
  
  
 $          1,879,465  
  
  
Net interest income 
 $ 72,064  
 $ 78,342  
Net interest spread (3) 
  
  
  
3.60% 
  
  
  
4.14% 
Net interest margin (4) 
4.07% 
4.33% 
 
 
(1) Loan fees have been included in the calculation of interest income.  
(2) Yields on municipal securities and loans have been adjusted to their fully-taxable equivalents (FTE), based on a federal marginal 
tax rate of 21.0%. 
(3) Represents the average rate earned on interest-earning assets less the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities. 
(4) Represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets. 
 

 
43 
 
Net interest income, on a fully tax equivalent basis (“FTE”), decreased $6,278,000 or 8.0% to $72,064,000 for the year ended 
December 31, 2024, compared to $78,342,000 in 2023.  Net interest spread and net interest margin were 3.60% and 4.07%, 
respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to 4.14% and 4.33%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 
2023.   This downward trend is mainly due to an increase in deposit interest expense that was necessary to remain competitive with 
peer banks, preserve liquidity, and continue to grow the balance sheet.  The FOMC rate hikes that began in March 2022 resulted in an 
immediate increase in earning asset yields, but deposit rates experienced a lag effect and did not increase until 2023 and into 2024. 
 
The cost of funds on interest-bearing liabilities increased to 1.20% in 2024 compared to 0.46% in 2023 as a result of the 
competitive environment and customer demand for higher rates.  Promotional rates on money market accounts and higher time-deposit 
rate offerings were utilized to retain deposit relationships, which contributed to the deposit growth of $45.2 million during 2024.  
 
Our earning asset yield increased 20 basis points in 2024 compared to 2023 despite the FOMC cutting the federal funds target 
rate from a range of 5.25% to 5.50% at the beginning of 2024, to a range of 4.25% to 4.50% by the end of the year.  The FOMC rate 
hikes in 2022 and 2023 continued to have a positive impact on rates of loans that repriced during 2024.  The yield on loans recognized 
an increase of 33 basis points for 2024 as compared to 2023, due to the upward repricing of variable rate loans and higher rate indexes 
on new loans. Growth in average gross loans of $108.9 million, also contributed to net interest margin expansion.    
 
The net interest margin compression in 2024, is due to the factors discussed above and could worsen if rate indexes on assets 
were to fall, and/or: 1) deposit interest rates continue to increase due to customer demand, or competitive pressure from peer banks, 2) 
competition in the lending market restrict significant increases in new loan rates, and 3) deposit growth out-paces loan growth, 
resulting in higher interest-bearing cash balances, which would offer lower yields than loans and investments depending on the 
Federal Funds rate as determined by the FOMC. 
  
Changes in volume resulted in decrease in net interest income (on a FTE basis) of $2,641,000 for the year of 2024 compared to 
the year 2023, and changes in interest rates and the mix resulted in a decrease in net interest income (on a FTE basis) of $3,637,000 
for the year 2024 versus the year 2023.  Management closely monitors both total net interest income and the net interest margin.   
 
Market rates are in part based on the FOMC target Federal funds interest rate (the interest rate banks charge each other for short-
term borrowings).  The change in the Federal funds sold rates is the result of target rate changes implemented by the FOMC.   In 2020, 
the FOMC decreased the Federal funds rate by 0.50% and 1.00% on two occasions in March resulting in a range of 0.00% to 0.25% as 
of December 31, 2020 and 2021.  In 2022, the FOMC raised the federal funds rate seven times by an aggregate of 4.00%.  In 2023, the 
FOMC raised the Federal funds rate four times by 0.25% resulting in a range of 5.25% to 5.50%. In 2024, the FOMC cut the Federal 
funds rate three times by an aggregate of 1.00%, resulting in a range of 4.25% to 4.50%.  If FOMC were to cut rates in 2025 or thereafter, 
we expect this would have a negative impact on our net interest income, due to repricing of interest-bearing cash balances, existing loans 
and investment securities.    

 
44 
 
Rate/Volume Analysis 
 
The following table below sets forth certain information regarding changes in interest income and interest expense of the 
Company for the periods indicated. For each category of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on 
changes attributable to (i) changes in volume (change in average volume multiplied by old rate); and (ii) changes in rates (change in 
rate multiplied by old average volume). Changes in rate/volume (change in rate multiplied by the change in volume) have been 
allocated to the changes due to volume and rate in proportion to the absolute value of the changes due to volume and rate prior to the 
allocation. 
 
For the Year Ended December 31, 
For the Year Ended December 31, 
(Dollars in Thousands) 
 2024 vs. 2023 
 2023 vs. 2022 
Increases (Decreases) 
Increases (Decreases) 
 Due to Change In 
 Due to Change In 
Volume 
Rate 
Total 
Volume 
Rate 
Total 
Interest income: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loans (1) 
$ 
5,143  
$ 
3,486  
$ 
8,629  
  
$ 
2,690  
$ 
3,192  
$ 
5,882  
Securities - tax exempt 
  
(865) 
  
(332) 
  
(1,197) 
  
  
1,290  
  
830  
  
2,120  
Securities - taxable 
  
360  
  
447  
  
807  
  
  
1,507  
  
3,108  
  
4,615  
Federal funds sold 
  
110  
  
23  
  
133  
  
  
94  
  
905  
  
999  
Interest-earning deposits 
  
(6,854) 
  
201  
  
(6,653) 
  
  
(3,444) 
  
9,607  
  
6,163  
       Total interest income 
  
(2,106) 
  
3,825  
  
1,719  
  
  
2,137  
  
17,642  
  
19,779  
Interest expense: 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Interest-earning DDA 
$ 
      (25) 
$ 
1,081  
$ 
1,056  
  
$ 
        11  
$ 
895  
$ 
906  
Money market deposits 
60  
4,845  
4,905  
(50) 
2,280  
2,230  
Savings deposits 
  
(25) 
  
3  
  
(22) 
  
  
(10) 
  
125  
  
115  
Time deposits $250,000 and under 
359  
956  
1,315  
2  
315  
317  
Time deposits over $250,000 
  
167  
  
577  
  
744  
  
  
(2) 
  
178  
  
176  
Borrowed funds 
(1) 
0  
(1) 
0  
1  
1  
       Total interest expense 
  
535  
  
7,462  
  
7,997  
  
  
(49) 
  
3,794  
  
3,745  
Change in net interest income 
$ 
(2,641) 
$ 
(3,637) 
$ 
(6,278) 
$ 
2,186  
$ 
13,848  
$ 
16,034  
 
 
(1) Loan fees have been included in the calculation of interest income.  
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses 
 
Credit risk is inherent in the business of making loans. The Company establishes an allowance for credit losses through charges 
to earnings, which are shown in the consolidated statements of income as the provision for credit losses. Specifically identifiable and 
quantifiable losses are promptly charged off against the allowance. The Company maintains the allowance for credit losses at a level 
that it considers to be adequate to provide for credit losses inherent in its loan portfolio. Management determines the level of the 
allowance by performing a quarterly analysis that considers concentrations of credit, past loss experience, current economic 
conditions, the amount and composition of the loan portfolio (including nonperforming and potential problem loans), estimated fair 
value of underlying collateral, and other information relevant to assessing the risk of loss inherent in the loan portfolio such as loan 
growth, net charge-offs, changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, and delinquencies. As a result of management’s analysis, a 
range of the potential amount of the allowance for credit losses is determined. 
 
The Company recorded a reversal of provision for credit loss of $1,620,000 and a credit loss provision of $970,000 during the 
years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.  The 2024 provision reversal was mainly due to loan recoveries totaling $2.2 
million, which was offset in part by loan growth. The loan recoveries in 2024 were primarily from two loans from different borrowers 
recovered during third quarter of 2024 totaling $1,992,000.  Each of the recovered loans date back to the recession period when 
collateral values were considerably depressed, and one of which was acquired in 2015 when we completed a bank acquisition.  The 
loan recoveries initially increased the allowance for credit losses (“ACL”), which subsequently resulted in the reversal of $1,620,000.   

 
45 
 
 
Current and forecasted macro-economic conditions are closely evaluated among other inputs that our internal credit risk model 
utilizes to determine the appropriate credit loss allowance.  The Company did not have any nonperforming loans as of December 31, 
2024 and 2023.  The allowance for credit losses was $11,460,000 and $10,896,000 as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, or 1.04% and 
1.07%, respectively, of total loans. The decrease as a percentage of total loans corresponds to credit factors within the loan portfolio, 
and changes to the current and forecasted macro-economic factors that have been established as credit loss indicators within our 
model.  The strong credit quality has resulted in net loan recoveries of $2,184,000 and $112,000 in 2024 and 2023, respectively. 
 
The Company will continue to monitor the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses and make additions to the allowance in 
accordance with the analysis referred to above. Because of uncertainties inherent in estimating the appropriate level of the allowance 
for credit losses, actual results may differ from management’s estimate of credit losses and the related allowance. 
 
 
Noninterest Income 
 
The following table sets forth a summary of noninterest income for the periods indicated: 
 
 
(in thousands) 
For the Year Ended December 31, 
2024 
 
2023 
 
Year-Over-Year 
Amount 
 
% 
 
Amount 
 
% 
   $ Change 
% Change 
Service charges on deposits 
$ 
1,682   25.7%   $ 
1,813   27.3%   $ 
(131)  
-7.2% 
Debit card transaction fee income 
1,738   26.5% 
1,773   26.7% 
 
(35)  
-2.0% 
Earnings on cash surrender value of life insurance   
1,052   16.0%     
788   11.9%     
264   
33.5% 
Mortgage commissions 
31   
0.5% 
20   
0.3% 
 
11   
55.0% 
Gain on sale of other real estate owned 
  
114   
1.7%     
156   
2.4%     
(42)  
-26.9% 
Other income 
1,938   29.6% 
2,081   31.4% 
 
(143)  
-6.9% 
Total non-interest income 
$ 
6,555   100.0%   $ 
6,631   100.0%   $ 
(76)  
-1.1% 
   
   
  
 
Average assets 
$ 1,853,315  
1,879,465  
Noninterest expenses as a % of average assets 
   
0.4%  
   
0.4%   
    
 
 
Noninterest income was $6,555,000 for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $6,631,000 for the year 2023. Service 
charge income decreased to $1,682,000 in 2024 compared to $1,813,000 for 2023, due to a change in the NSF fee schedule that 
resulted in a decline in NSF Fee income collected on deposit accounts, despite an increase in the number of checking accounts.  Debit 
card transaction fee income decreased to $1,738,000 in 2024 as compared to $1,773,000 in 2023, due to debit card network costs that 
are included in the net revenue received by the bank.  Earnings on the cash surrender value of life insurance recognized an increase of 
$264,000 in 2024 compared to 2023, due to higher yields and three new life insurance policies purchased during the second quarter of 
2024.  Mortgage commissions have increased by $11,000 for the year 2024, as compared to 2023, a moderate upward trend but overall 
demand for home purchases and refinancing remains low due to cost of housing and high interest rates.  In 2024, other income 
decreased by $143,000, primarily due to a negative change in the fair value of equity securities, as compared to 2023.  The Company 
continues to evaluate its deposit product offerings with the intention of continuing to expand its offerings to the consumer and 
business depositors. 
 
 
 
 

 
46 
 
Noninterest Expense 
 
The following table sets forth a summary of noninterest expenses for the periods indicated: 
 
 
(in thousands) 
For the Year Ended December 31, 
2024 
 
2023 
 
Year-Over-Year 
Amount 
 
% 
 
Amount 
 
% 
 
  $ Change   % Change 
Salaries and employee benefits 
$ 
28,640    62.2% 
  $ 
26,109    63.4%   $ 
2,531    
9.7% 
Occupancy expenses 
4,610  
10.0% 
4,541  
11.0% 
69  
1.5% 
Data processing fees 
  
2,814    
6.1% 
    
2,729    
6.6%     
85    
3.1% 
Regulatory assessments (FDIC & DFPI) 
1,090  
2.4% 
1,020  
2.5% 
70  
6.9% 
Other operating expenses 
  
8,863    19.3% 
    
6,758    16.5%     
2,105    
31.1% 
Total non-interest expense 
$ 
46,017  
100.0% 
$ 
41,157  
100.0% 
$ 
4,860  
11.8% 
Average assets 
$ 1,853,315    
  
  $ 1,879,465    
      
    
  
Noninterest expenses as a % of average assets 
2.5% 
2.2% 
 
 
Noninterest expense was $46,017,000 for the year ended December 31, 2024, an increase of $4,860,000 or 11.8% compared 
to $41,157,000 for the year ended 2023.  Salaries and employee benefits increased by $2,531,000 in 2024, due to expansion of our 
staff to support loan and deposit growth, combined with normal merit-based and cost-of-living increases.   
 
Occupancy expense realized an increase of $69,000 in 2024 compared to the prior year, primarily from property taxes, rent,  
and utilities expense.   
 
Data processing fees increased in 2024 over 2023 by $85,000, primarily due to servicing costs on the growing number of loan 
and deposit accounts, as well as upgrades to our online banking and mobile banking platforms.  
 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and California Department of Financial Protection and Innovation (“DFPI”) 
regulatory assessments increased by $70,000 in 2024 over 2023, mainly due to the increase in deposit balances.  FDIC increased the 
base rate to 0.05%, on an annual basis, for all member banks in order to build up the Deposit Insurance Fund. The FDIC adopted a 
final rule in June 2022, applicable to all insured depository institutions, to increase initial base deposit insurance assessment rate 
schedules uniformly by 2 basis points, beginning in the first quarterly assessment period of 2023. The final rule became effective as of 
January 1, 2023, with an invoice payment date of June 30, 2023. The FDIC said that the increase in assessment rate schedules is 
intended to increase the likelihood that the reserve ratio of the Deposit Insurance fund reaches the statutory minimum of 1.35 percent 
by the statutory deadline of September 30, 2028. The final assessment rate for financial institutions is determined by making 
adjustments to the base rate for various credit quality factors and other risk metrics of the institution as defined by the FDIC.  The 
Company’s risk profile and the related assessment rate remains at a relatively low level due to our strong credit quality, earnings and 
risk-based capital ratios.  Management recognizes that assessments could increase further depending on deposit growth throughout the 
remainder of 2025, as the FDIC assessment rates are applied to average quarterly total liabilities as the primary basis, and based on 
FDIC’s discretion to increase the base assessment rate as needed to replenish the Deposit Insurance Fund.  Moreover, the FDIC retains 
the authority and discretion to increase base assessment rates for banking entities in the future, as circumstances warrant. 
 
 
Other operating expenses increased by $2,105,000 in 2024 as compared to 2023, primarily due to an increase in advertising 
expenses from a direct-mail campaign launched in 2024 targeting consumer deposit accounts, and various general operating expense 
increases required to support our growing business portfolios and compliance mandates. Some of these included audit expenses, 
software license fees and charitable contributions. 
 
 Management anticipates that noninterest expense should continue to increase as we continue to grow, and management believes 
the Company’s administration as currently set up is scalable to handle future loan and deposit growth.  However, management remains 
committed to cost-control and efficiency, and we expect to keep these increases to a minimum relative to growth. 
 
 

 
47 
 
Provision for Income Taxes 
 
We reported a provision for income taxes of $7,244,000 and $9,458,000 for the years 2024 and 2023, respectively.  The effective 
income tax rate on income from continuing operations was 22.5% for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to 23.5% for the 
year 2023.  These provisions reflect accruals for taxes at the applicable rates for federal income tax and California franchise tax based 
upon reported pre-tax income and adjusted for the effects of all permanent differences between income for tax and financial reporting 
purposes (such as earnings on qualified municipal securities, BOLI and certain tax-exempt loans).   The disparity between the 
effective tax rates for 2024 as compared to 2023 is primarily due to tax credits from low-income housing projects as well as tax-free 
income on municipal securities and loans that comprised a larger proportion of pre-tax income in 2024 as compared to 2023.    
 
 
Financial Condition 
 
The Company’s total assets were $1,900,604,000 at December 31, 2024 compared to $1,842,422,000 at December 31, 2023, an 
increase of $58,182,000 or 3.2%.  Net loans increased by $89,237,000, investments increased $8,455,000, net bank premises and 
equipment increased $454,000, interest receivable and other assets decreased $370,000, while cash and cash equivalents decreased 
$47,817,000 for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to December 31, 2023.   
 
Loans gross of the allowance for credit losses and deferred fees were $1,106,535,000 as of December 31, 2024, compared to 
$1,016,579,000 as of December 31, 2023, an increase of $89,956,000 or 8.9%. The increase was due to an increase of $65,906,000 or 
7.4% in commercial real estate loans, an increase of $18,354,000 or 28.1% in commercial and industrial loans, an increase of 
$2,282,000 or 7.2% in consumer loans, and an increase of $3,414,000 or 13.2% in agriculture loans.  The composition remained 
relatively unchanged as a percentage of total loans, with commercial real estate comprising 87% and 88% of the loan portfolio at 
December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.   
 
Deposits increased $45,156,000 or 2.7% to $1,695,690,000 as of December 31, 2024 compared to $1,650,534,000 at 
December 31, 2023.  Demand, Money Market, and Time Deposits increased by $1,925,000, $17,619,000 and $35,873,000, 
respectively, while Savings decreased by $10,261,000, as of December 31, 2024 as compared to December 31, 2023.   
 
There were no short-term borrowing or long-term debt outstanding balances at December 31, 2024 and 2023.  The Company uses 
short-term borrowings, primarily short-term FHLB advances, to fund short-term liquidity needs, if needed, and manage net interest 
margin.   
 
Equity increased $17,344,000 or 10.4% to $183,436,000 as of December 31, 2024, compared to $166,092,000 at December 31, 
2023.  Equity increased due to earnings, and was partially offset by the negative impact interest rates had on our unrealized loss on 
available-for-sale investment securities.   
 
 
Investment Activities 
 
Investments are a key source of interest income. Management of our investment portfolio is set in accordance with 
strategies developed and overseen by our Investment Committee. Investment balances, including cash equivalents and interest-bearing 
deposits in other financial institutions, are subject to change over time based on our asset/liability funding needs and interest rate risk 
management objectives. Our liquidity levels take into consideration anticipated future cash flows and all available sources of credits 
and are maintained at levels management believes are appropriate to assure future flexibility in meeting anticipated funding needs. 
 
 
Cash Equivalents and Interest-bearing Deposits in other Financial Institutions 
 
The Company holds federal funds sold, unpledged available-for-sale securities and salable government guaranteed loans to 
help meet liquidity requirements and provide temporary holdings until the funds can be otherwise deployed or invested.  As of 
December 31, 2024, and 2023, we had $30,270,000 and $36,500,000, respectively, in federal funds sold.   
 
 
Investment Securities 
 
Management of our investment securities portfolio focuses on providing an adequate level of liquidity and establishing an 
interest rate-sensitive position, while earning an adequate level of investment income without taking undue risk. Investment securities 
that we intend to hold until maturity are classified as held-to-maturity securities, and all other investment securities are classified as 

 
48 
 
either available-for-sale or equity securities.  Currently, all of our investment securities are classified as available-for-sale, except for 
one mutual fund classified as an equity security.  
 
The fair value of the equity security was $3,169,000 and $3,132,000 at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, 
respectively.  Consistent with ASU 2016-01, equity securities are carried at fair value with the changes in fair value recognized in the 
consolidated statement of income.  Accordingly, the Company recognized an unrealized loss of $74,000 and an unrealized gain of 
$41,000 during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.   
 
Our available-for-sale investment securities holdings increased by $8,418,000 or 1.6% to $526,496,000 at December 31, 
2024, compared to holdings of $518,078,000 at December 31, 2023.  The carrying values of available-for-sale investment securities 
are adjusted for unrealized gains or losses as a valuation allowance and any gain or loss is reported on an after-tax basis as a 
component of other comprehensive income.   
 
Total investment securities as a percentage of total assets increased to 27.9% as of December 31, 2024 compared to 28.3% 
at December 31, 2023.  As of December 31, 2024, $305,513,000 of the investment securities were pledged to secure public deposits.   
 
As of December 31, 2024, the total unrealized loss on debt securities that were in a loss position for less than 12 continuous 
months was $3,262,000 with an aggregate fair value of $177,185,000.  The total unrealized loss on debt securities that were in a loss 
position for greater than 12 continuous months was $31,377,000 with an aggregate fair value of $292,476,000.  
 
 The following table summarizes the maturity and repricing schedule of our debt investment securities, which does not 
include equity securities, at their amortized cost and their weighted average yields at December 31, 2024: 
 
 
Debt Investment Maturities and Repricing Schedule 
 
 
After One But 
After Five But 
(Dollars in Thousands) 
Within One Year 
 Within Five Years 
 Within Ten Years 
After Ten Years 
Total 
Amount 
Yield 
Amount 
Yield 
Amount 
Yield 
Amount 
Yield 
Amount 
Yield 
Available-for-sale: 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
U.S. agencies 
$ 30,016 
1.01 % $ 
1,929 
1.00 % $ 
1,386 
4.88 % $ 
59,328 
4.58 % $ 
92,659 
3.35 % 
Collateralized mortgage obligations   
0  
0.00 % 
0  
0.00 % 
0  
0.00 % 
29,105  
5.30 % 
 29,105   
5.30 % 
Municipalities 
6,857 
4.28 % 
165,643 
4.07 % 
172,831 
4.06 % 
1,720 
4.92 % 
347,051 
4.07 % 
SBA pools 
  
0  
0.00 % 
      227   
7.50 % 
      495   
6.54 % 
160  
7.65 % 
      882   
6.99 % 
Corporate debt 
41,000 
2.97 % 
2,500 
3.81 % 
0 
0.00 % 
0 
0.00 % 
43,500 
3.02 % 
Asset backed securities 
  
618  
5.44 % 
         0    
0.00 % 
 20,232   
6.29 % 
26,096  
5.18 % 
 46,946   
5.66 % 
Total debt securities 
$ 78,491 
2.35 % $ 170,299 
4.04 % $ 194,944 
4.30 % $ 116,409 
4.90 % $ 560,143 
4.07 % 
 
 
Yields in the above table have been adjusted to a fully tax equivalent basis.  The yields are calculated using a weighted 
average method based on the investment security balances as of December 31, 2024.  Securities are reported at the earliest possible 
call, repricing or maturity date. 
 
 
 
 

 
49 
 
Loans 
 
Our residential loan portfolio includes no sub-prime loans, nor is it our normal practice to underwrite loans commonly referred 
to as "Alt-A mortgages", the characteristics of which are loans lacking full documentation, borrowers having low FICO scores or 
collateral compositions reflecting high loan-to-value ratios. Substantially all of our residential loans are indexed to U.S. Treasury 
Constant Maturity Rates and have provisions to reset five years after their origination dates. 
 
The following table summarizes our commercial real estate loan portfolio by the geographic location in which the property is 
located as of December 31, 2024 and 2023: 
 
(Dollars in Thousands) 
December 31, 2024 
December 31, 2023 
Commercial real estate loans by 
geographic location (County) 
 
Amount 
% of  
Commercial  
Real Estate Loans 
 
Amount 
% of  
Commercial  
Real Estate Loans 
Stanislaus 
$ 
209,459  
21.8% 
  
$ 
209,505  
23.4% 
San Joaquin 
174,615  
18.2% 
180,408  
20.2% 
Sacramento 
 
130,976  
13.6% 
   
107,270  
12.0% 
Fresno 
73,123  
7.6% 
64,578  
7.2% 
Tuolumne 
 
34,852  
3.6% 
   
32,950  
3.7% 
Merced 
28,349  
3.0% 
26,620  
3.0% 
Shasta 
 
28,066  
2.9% 
   
27,979  
3.1% 
Contra Costa 
23,019  
2.4% 
13,941  
1.6% 
Yolo 
 
21,752  
2.3% 
   
19,091  
2.1% 
Marin 
20,454  
2.1% 
20,703  
2.3% 
Solano 
 
18,515  
1.9% 
   
17,942  
2.0% 
Placer 
17,066  
1.8% 
11,804  
1.3% 
Alameda 
 
15,130  
1.6% 
   
13,675  
1.5% 
Sutter 
15,109  
1.6% 
12,758  
1.4% 
Santa Clara 
 
13,961  
1.5% 
   
8,833  
1.0% 
Sonoma 
13,506  
1.4% 
14,102  
1.6% 
Tulare 
 
12,732  
1.3% 
   
10,037  
1.1% 
Inyo 
8,443  
0.9% 
5,218  
0.6% 
San Diego 
 
8,427  
0.9% 
   
9,180  
1.0% 
Other 
92,104  
9.6% 
87,158  
9.8% 
Total 
$ 
959,658  
100.0%  
$ 
893,752  
100.0% 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
50 
 
Construction and land loans are classified as commercial real estate loans and decreased $45.2 million in 2024 as compared to 
2023, mainly due to the completion of construction on existing projects that converted to permanent financing during 2024.  The table 
below shows an analysis of construction and land loans by type and location.  Non-owner-occupied land loans of $5.6 million as of 
December 31, 2024 included loans for land specified for commercial development of $3.9 million and for residential development of 
$1.7 million, the majority of which are located in Stanislaus County. 
 
 
Construction and Land Loans Outstanding by Type and Geographic Location 
(Dollars in Thousands) 
December 31, 2024 
December 31, 2023 
Construction and land loans by type 
  
Amount 
% of  
Construction and 
Land Loans 
  
Amount 
% of  
Construction and 
Land Loans 
Single family non-owner-occupied 
$ 
1,613  
9.1% 
  
$ 
2,707  
3.8% 
Single family owner-occupied 
0  
0.0% 
533  
0.8% 
Commercial non-owner-occupied 
  
9,656  
54.2% 
  
  
40,092  
56.4% 
Commercial owner-occupied 
923  
5.2% 
7,181  
8.8% 
Land non-owner-occupied 
  
5,620  
31.5% 
  
  
12,547  
30.2% 
Total 
$ 
17,812  
100.0% 
$ 
63,060  
100.0% 
Construction and land loans by  
geographic location (County) 
  
Amount 
% of  
Construction and 
Land Loans 
  
Amount 
% of  
Construction and 
Land Loans 
Stanislaus 
$ 
3,116  
17.5% 
  
$ 
10,665  
16.9% 
Santa Clara 
2,547  
14.3% 
0  
0.0% 
Placer 
  
2,435  
13.7% 
  
  
2,360  
3.7% 
Fresno 
2,180  
12.2% 
7,804  
12.4% 
Shasta 
  
2,150  
12.1% 
  
  
7,606  
12.1% 
San Joaquin 
1,734  
9.7% 
9,621  
15.3% 
Merced 
  
1,478  
8.3% 
  
  
1,626  
2.6% 
Contra Costa 
989  
5.6% 
0  
0.0% 
Yolo 
  
0  
0.0% 
  
  
6,860  
10.9% 
Tulare 
0  
0.0% 
6,125  
9.7% 
Solano 
  
0  
0.0% 
  
  
4,109  
6.5% 
Sacramento 
0  
0.0% 
2,028  
3.2% 
Mono 
  
0  
0.0% 
  
  
1,469  
2.3% 
Other 
1,183  
6.6% 
2,787  
4.4% 
Total 
$ 
17,812  
100.0% 
  
$ 
63,060  
100.0% 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
51 
 
Loan Maturities 
 
The following table shows the contractual maturity distribution and repricing intervals of the outstanding loans in our 
portfolio, as of December 31, 2024.  In addition, the table shows the distribution of such loans between those with variable or floating 
interest rates and those with fixed or predetermined interest rates.  The large majority of the variable rate loans are tied to independent 
indices (such as the Wall Street Journal prime rate or a Treasury Constant Maturity Rate). Substantially all loans with an original term 
of more than five years have provisions for the fixed rates to reset, or convert to a variable rate, after one, three or five years and are 
therefore classified as a variable rate loan in the table below. 
 
 
Loan Maturities and Repricing Schedule 
At December 31, 2024 
(in thousands) 
 Within 
 1 Year 
After 1 But 
Within  
5 Years 
After 5 But 
Within 15 
Years 
After  
15 Years 
Total 
Commercial real estate 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Construction & land 
$ 
14,236  
$ 
736  
$ 
2,840  
$ 
0  
17,812  
  
Multi-family 
  
2,566    
  
60,975    
  
24,227    
  
0    
  
87,768  
Owner occupied 
30,312  
76,769  
122,715  
165  
229,961  
  
Non-owner occupied 
  
65,119    
  
250,543    
  
213,107    
  
0  
  
  
528,769  
Farmland 
11,448  
27,688  
55,818  
394  
95,348  
Commercial & Industrial 
  
30,075    
  
44,107    
  
9,386    
  
4  
  
  
83,572  
Consumer 
14,404  
12,812  
6,214  
539  
33,969  
Agriculture 
  
23,626    
  
3,703    
  
2,007    
  
0    
  
29,336  
Unearned income 
(271) 
(674) 
  
(616) 
0  
(1,561) 
Total loans, net of unearned income 
$ 
191,515  
  
$ 
476,659  
  
$ 
435,698  
  
$ 
1,102  
  
$ 
1,104,974  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Loans with variable (floating) interest rates 
$ 
140,676  
  
$ 
317,955  
  
  
87,046  
  
$ 
0  
  
$ 
545,677  
Loans with predetermined (fixed) interest rates 
$ 
50,839  
  
$ 
158,704  
  
  
348,652  
  
$ 
1,102  
  
$ 
559,297  
 
 
The majority of the properties taken as collateral are located in Northern California. We employ strict guidelines regarding 
the use of collateral located in less familiar market areas.  Positive trends in Northern California real estate values, the low loan-to-
value ratios in our commercial real estate portfolio, and the high percentage of owner-occupied properties further solidify our credit 
quality position. 
 
 
Nonperforming Assets 
 
Financial institutions generally have a certain level of exposure to credit quality risk and could potentially receive less than a 
full return of principal and interest if a debtor becomes unable or unwilling to repay. Since loans are the most significant assets of the 
Company and generate the largest portion of its revenues, the Company's management of credit quality risk is focused primarily on 
loan quality.  Banks have generally suffered their most severe earnings declines due to customers' inability to generate sufficient cash 
flow to service their debts and/or downturns in national and regional economies which have brought about declines in overall property 
values. In addition, certain debt securities that the Company may purchase have the potential of declining in value if the obligor's 
financial capacity to repay deteriorates. 
 
Nonperforming assets consist of loans on non-accrual status, loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest, 
loans restructured, where the terms of repayment have been renegotiated resulting in a reduction or deferral of interest or principal and 
OREO. 
 
Loans are generally placed on non-accrual status when they become 90 days past due, unless management believes the loan 
is adequately collateralized and in the process of collection. The past due loans may or may not be adequately collateralized, but 
collection efforts are continuously pursued. Loans may be restructured by management when a borrower has experienced some 

 
52 
 
changes in financial status, causing an inability to meet the original repayment terms, and where we believe the borrower will 
eventually overcome those circumstances and repay the loan in full. OREO consists of properties acquired by foreclosure or similar 
means and which management intends to offer for sale.  The Company did not have any nonperforming loans as of December 31, 
2024 and 2023.   
 
The Company held no OREO properties as of December 31, 2024 and 2023.  Accordingly, the Company had zero non-
performing assets recorded on the balance sheet as of December 31, 2024 and 2023. 
 
 
Allowance for credit losses 
 
In anticipation of credit risk inherent in our lending business, we set aside allowances through charges to earnings. Such 
charges are not only made for the outstanding loan portfolio, but also for off-balance sheet items, such as commitments to extend 
credits or letters of credit. The charges made for the outstanding loan portfolio are credited to the allowance for credit losses, whereas 
charges for off-balance sheet items are credited to the reserve for off-balance sheet items, which is presented as a component of other 
liabilities. The provision for credit losses is discussed in the section entitled “Provision for credit losses” above. 
 
The balance of our allowance for credit losses is management's best estimate of the current expected credit losses inherent 
in the portfolio. The ultimate adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors beyond our control, including the real 
estate market, changes in interest rate and economic and political environments.  
 
The allowance for credit losses increased to $11,460,000 as of December 31, 2024, as compared with $10,896,000 at 
December 31, 2023.  The allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans decreased to 1.04% as of December 31, 2024, as 
compared to 1.07% as of December 31, 2023, due to changes in the macro-economic indicators and qualitative factors used within our 
CECL model.  Based on the current conditions of the loan portfolio, management believes that the $11,460,000 allowance for credit 
losses at December 31, 2024 is adequate to absorb losses inherent in our loan portfolio. No assurance can be given, however, that 
adverse economic conditions or other circumstances will not result in increased losses in the portfolio. 
 
Diversification, low loan-to-values, strong credit quality and enhanced credit monitoring contribute to a reduction in the 
portfolio’s overall risk in recent years and help to offset the various inherent credit risks.  We continue to monitor the impact of the 
economic environment, and adjustments to the provision for credit loss will be made accordingly.  During 2024, the Company 
recognized net loan recoveries of $2,184,000 as compared to $112,000 in 2023.   
 
Management reviews these conditions with our senior credit officers. To the extent that any of these conditions is evidenced 
by a specifically identifiable problem credit or portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, management’s estimate of the effect of 
such condition may be reflected as a specific allowance applicable to such credit or portfolio segment.  Although management has 
allocated a portion of the allowance to specific loan categories, the adequacy of the allowance is considered in its entirety. 
 
As required by ASC Topic 326, on January 1, 2023 the Company implemented CECL and increased our ACL, previously 
the allowance for loan losses, with a $346,000 cumulative adjustment.  Under ASC Topic 326, the allowance for credit losses is 
deducted from the amortized cost basis to present the net amount expected to be collected on the loans. The measurement of expected 
credit losses is based on relevant information, which includes experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts 
that affect the collectability of the reported amount over the remaining contractual life. The Company’s ACL is calculated monthly, 
with any difference in the calculated ACL and the recorded ACL trued-up through an entry to the provision for credit losses.  
Management calculates the quantitative portion of collectively evaluated reserves for all loan categories, using a discounted cash flow 
(“DCF”) methodology.  For purposes of estimating the Company’s ACL, management generally evaluates collectively evaluated loans 
by federal call code in order to group loans with similar risk characteristics together, however management has grouped loans in 
selected call codes together in determining portfolio segments, due to similar risk characteristics and reserve methodologies used for 
certain call code classifications.   
The DCF quantitative reserve methodology incorporates the consideration of probability of default (“PD”) and loss given 
default (“LGD”) estimates to calculate expected lifetime losses.  The PD estimates are derived using reasonable and supportable 
economic forecasts and historical loss rate data from both the bank and a selected peer group.  The historical loss rate data is compared 
to identified benchmark economic indicators to create a regression model that is updated annually. Reasonable and supportable 
forecasts for the identified economic indicators are then incorporated to arrive at expected default rates for the various loan categories. 
The reasonable and supportable forecasts are based on the National Unemployment Rate and Real Gross Domestic 
Product. The expected default rates are then applied to expected monthly loan balances estimated through the consideration of 
contractual terms and expected prepayments. The Company utilizes a four-quarter forecast period, after which the expected default 
rates revert to the historical average, over a four-quarter reversion period, on a straight-line basis. The prepayment assumptions are 
estimated based on historical experience of the bank.  The prepayment assumptions are updated quarterly and may be subject to 

 
53 
 
additional updates by Management in the event that changing conditions impact Management’s estimate.  LGD utilized in the DCF is 
derived from the application of models that correlate LGD and PD based on historical peer data.    
Management recognizes that there are additional factors impacting risk of loss in the loan portfolio beyond what is captured 
in the quantitative portion of collectively evaluated reserves.  As current and expected conditions, may vary compared with conditions 
over historical periods, which are utilized in the calculation of quantitative reserves, management considers whether additional or 
reduced reserve levels on collectively evaluated loans may be warranted given the consideration of a variety of qualitative factors. 
Several of the following qualitative factors (“Q-factors”) considered by management reflect regulatory guidance on Q-factors, whereas 
several others represent factors unique to the Company or unique to the current time period.  
● Changes in lending policies and procedures, including changes in underwriting standards and collection, charge-off, 
and recovery practices 
● Changes in international, regional and local economic and business conditions, and developments that affect the 
collectability of the portfolio, as reflected in forecasts of the California unemployment rate  
● Changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio 
● Changes in the experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff 
● Changes in the volume and severity of past due, watch loans and classified loans 
● Changes in the quality of the Bank’s loan review processes 
● Changes in the value of underlying collateral for loans not identified as collateral dependent 
● Changes in loan categorization concentrations   
● Other external factors, which include, the regulatory risk ratings. 
The qualitative portion of the Company’s reserves on collectively evaluated loans are calculated using a combination of 
numeric frameworks, matrices defining reserve rate based on specified metrics, and management judgement, to determine risk 
categorizations in each of the Q-factors presented above.  The amount of qualitative reserves is also contingent upon the relative 
weighting of Q-factors according to management’s judgement.   
Loans identified as losses by management and internal loan review are charged-off.  Furthermore, consumer loan accounts 
are charged-off automatically based on regulatory requirements.  
 
 
 
 

 
54 
 
The table below summarizes, for the periods indicated, loan balances at the end of each period, the daily averages during the 
period, changes in the allowance for credit losses arising from loans charged off, recoveries on loans previously charged off, additions 
to the allowance and certain ratios related to the allowance for credit losses: 
 
Allowance for Credit Losses 
December 31, 
December 31, 
(Dollars in thousands) 
2024 
2023 
Balances: 
  
  
  
  
Average total loans outstanding during period 
$ 
1,058,294 
$ 
949,429 
Total loans outstanding at end of period 
$ 
1,106,535 
$ 
1,016,579 
Net loan recoveries 
$ 
2,184  
$ 
112  
(Reversal of) provision for credit losses 
$ 
(1,620) 
$ 
970  
Allowance for credit losses at end of period 
$ 
11,460 
$ 
10,896 
Ratios: 
Net loan recoveries to average total loans 
  
0.21% 
  
0.01% 
Allowance for loan losses to total loans at end of period 
1.04% 
1.07% 
Net loan recoveries to allowance for loan losses at end of period 
  
19.06% 
  
1.03% 
Net loan recoveries to (reversal of) provision for loan losses 
(134.81%) 
11.55% 
Nonperforming loans as a percentage of total loans 
  
0.00% 
  
0.00% 
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans 
NA 
NA 
 
 
The table below summarizes the allowance for credit loss balance by type of loan balance at the end of each period (See 
“Loan Portfolio” above for a description of each type of loan balance): 
 
 
Allocation of the Allowance for Credit Losses 
(Dollars in thousands) 
December 31, 2024 
December 31, 2023 
Amount 
% of 
Allowance for 
Loan Losses 
Amount 
% of Allowance 
for Loan Losses 
Applicable to: 
Commercial real estate 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Construction & land 
$ 
258 
2.3% 
$ 
1,227 
11.3% 
Multi-family 
  
737 
  
6.4% 
  
  
667 
  
6.1% 
Owner occupied 
1,503 
13.1% 
1,805 
16.6% 
Non-owner occupied 
  
6,401 
  
55.9% 
  
  
4,805 
  
44.0% 
Farmland 
1,665 
14.5% 
1,468 
13.5% 
Commercial and Industrial 
  
645 
  
5.6% 
  
  
650 
  
6.0% 
Consumer 
175 
1.5% 
227 
2.1% 
Agriculture 
  
76 
  
0.7% 
  
  
47 
  
0.4% 
Total Allowance 
$ 
11,460 
100.0% 
$ 
10,896 
100.0% 
 
 
 

 
55 
 
Other Earning Assets 
 
For various business purposes, we make investments in earning assets other than the interest-earning securities and loans 
discussed above.  The primary other earning assets held by the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, includes the cash 
surrender value of the BOLI policies, Federal Home Loan Bank stock and Federal Reserve Bank stock.  During 2024, we purchased 
three new life insurance policies on executive officers for a total investment of $5,000,000.   
 
During 2018 and 2022, we committed to invest $5,000,000 and $10,500,000, respectively, in low-income housing tax credit 
funds (“LIHTC”) to promote our participation in CRA activities, which had unfunded commitments of $5,664,000 and $9,782,000 as 
of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.  For LIHTC investments, we receive the return in the form of tax credits and tax 
deductions over a period of approximately 15 years.   
 
In 2017, we made a $1,000,000 commitment as a limited partner, to a small business private equity partnership to promote 
our participation in CRA activities.  The value is recorded at fair market value with market gains or losses recorded to other income in 
the consolidate financial statements.  As of December 31, 2024, we have no remaining undisbursed commitments. 
 
The balances of other earning assets as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 were as follows: 
 
 
(in thousands) 
 
December 31, 2024 
 
December 31, 2023 
  
  
  
  
  
BOLI 
 
$ 
37,558 
$ 
31,506 
LIHTCs 
  
$ 
11,354 
  
$ 
12,655 
Small business private equity partnership 
 
$ 
1,063 
$ 
1,029 
Federal Reserve Bank Stock 
  
$ 
755 
  
$ 
755 
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock 
 
$ 
5,531 
$ 
5,202 
 
 
Deposits and Other Sources of Funds 
 
Deposits 
 
Total deposits at December 31, 2024 and 2023 were $1,695,690,000 and $1,650,534,000, respectively, representing an 
increase of $45,156,000 or 2.7% in 2024.  The average deposits for the year ended December 31, 2024 decreased $52,777,000 or 3.1% 
to $1,656,045,000 compared to $1,708,822,000 at for the year ended December 31, 2023.  Deposit data analysis has resulted in an 
estimate of $811,351,000 in uninsured deposits, representing the balance that is not covered by FDIC insurance limits as of December 
31, 2024.   
 
Deposits are the Company’s primary source of funds. Due to strategic emphasis by management, core deposits (based on a 
definition provided by FDIC’s Uniform Bank Performance Report) increased by $32,564,000 or 2.0% in 2024 to $1,654,700,000 at 
December 31, 2024.  The percentage of core deposits to total deposits decreased slightly to 97.6% at December 31, 2024 as compared 
to 98.3% at December 31, 2023.  The average rate paid on time deposits in denominations of over $250,000 was 3.35% and 1.35% for 
the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.  The composition and cost of the Company's deposit base are important 
components in analyzing the Company's net interest margin and balance sheet liquidity characteristics, both of which are discussed in 
greater detail in other sections herein.  See “Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin” for further discussion. 
 
The Company's liquidity is impacted by the volatility of deposits or other funding instruments or, in other words, by the 
propensity of that money to leave the institution for rate-related or other reasons. Deposits can be adversely affected if economic 
conditions in California and the Company's market area in particular, were to weaken. Potentially, the most volatile deposits in a 
financial institution are jumbo certificates of deposit, meaning time deposits with balances that equal or exceed $250,000, as 
customers with balances of that magnitude are typically more rate-sensitive than customers with smaller balances. 
 
 

 
56 
 
 
The following tables summarize the distribution of average daily deposits and the average daily rates paid for the periods 
indicated: 
 
Distribution of Average Daily Deposits 
 
 
Average Deposits 
2024 
2023 
(Dollars in Thousands) 
Average 
Average 
Average 
  
Average 
 Balance 
 Rate 
 Balance 
 Rate 
  
Demand 
$ 
1,068,523 
  
0.23% 
  
$ 
1,146,198 
  
0.12% 
Money market 
383,171 
1.99% 
374,828 
0.72% 
Savings 
128,203 
  
0.14% 
  
147,181 
  
0.13% 
Time deposits $250,000 and under 
47,311 
3.57% 
24,172 
1.55% 
Time deposits over $250,000 
28,837 
  
3.35% 
  
16,443 
  
1.35% 
Total deposits 
$ 
1,656,045 
0.78% 
$ 
1,708,822 
0.28% 
 
 
The scheduled maturities of our time deposits in denominations of more than $250,000 at December 31, 2024 are as 
follows: 
Maturities of Time Deposits over $250,000 
(Dollars in Thousands) 
 
Three months or less 
$ 
17,752  
Over three months through six months 
10,692  
Over six months through twelve months 
8,858  
Over twelve months 
290  
Total 
$ 
37,592  
 
 
Because our client base is comprised primarily of commercial and industrial accounts, individual account balances are 
generally higher than those of consumer-oriented banks.  Four of our clients carry deposit balances of more than 1% of our total 
deposits, one of which had a deposit balance of more than 3% of total deposits at December 31, 2024.  The Company had no brokered 
deposits as of December 31, 2024 and 2023. 
 
 
FHLB Borrowings 
 
Although deposits are the primary source of funds for our lending and investment activities and for general business 
purposes, we may obtain advances from the FHLB as an alternative to retail deposit funds.  We had no outstanding balances as of 
December 31, 2024 and 2023.  The average balance of FHLB advances outstanding in 2024 and 2023 was $0.  See “Liquidity 
Management” below for the details on the FHLB borrowings program. 
 
 
Deferred Compensation Obligations 
 
We maintain a nonqualified, unfunded deferred compensation plan for certain key management personnel.  Under this plan, 
participating employees may defer compensation, which will entitle them to receive certain payments upon retirement, death, or 
disability.  The plan provides for payments commencing upon retirement and reduced benefits upon early retirement, disability, or 
termination of employment. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, our aggregate payment obligations under this plan totaled $14.1 million 
and $11.4 million, respectively. 
 
 
 

 
57 
 
Liquidity and Asset/Liability Management 
 
Management seeks to ascertain optimum and stable utilization of available assets and liabilities as a vehicle to attain our overall 
business plans and objectives. In this regard, management focuses on measurement and control of liquidity risk, interest rate risk and 
market risk, capital adequacy, operation risk and credit risk. 
 
 
Liquidity 
 
Liquidity to meet borrowers’ credit and depositors’ withdrawal demands is provided by maturing assets, short-term liquid assets 
that can be converted to cash and the ability to attract funds from depositors. Additional sources of liquidity may include institutional 
deposits, advances from the FHLB and other short-term borrowings, such as federal funds purchased. 
 
Since our deposit growth strategy emphasizes core deposit growth, we have avoided relying on brokered deposits as a consistent 
source of funds.  The Company had no brokered deposits as of December 31, 2024 and 2023. 
 
As a secondary source of liquidity, we rely on advances from the FHLB to supplement our supply of lendable funds and to meet 
deposit withdrawal requirements. Advances from the FHLB are typically secured by a portion of our loan portfolio and stock issued 
by the FHLB. The FHLB determines limitations on the amounts of advances by assigning a percentage to each eligible loan category 
that will count towards the borrowing capacity.  As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had no FHLB advances 
outstanding and had sufficient collateral to borrow an additional $364.4 million and $333.1 million, respectively.  In addition, the 
Company had lines of credit with its correspondent banks to purchase overnight federal funds totaling $70 million at December 31, 
2024 and 2023.  No advances were made on these lines of credit as of December 31, 2024 and 2023. 
 
The Company’s liquidity depends primarily on dividends paid to it as the sole shareholder of the Bank. The Bank’s ability to pay 
dividends to the Company may depend on whether the Bank will be in a position to pay dividends based on regulatory requirements 
and the performance of the Bank. 
 
Maintenance of adequate liquidity requires that sufficient resources be available at all time to meet our cash flow requirements. 
Liquidity in a banking institution is required primarily to provide for deposit withdrawals and the credit needs of its customers and to 
take advantage of investment opportunities as they arise. Liquidity management involves our ability to convert assets into cash or cash 
equivalents without incurring significant loss, and to raise cash or maintain funds without incurring excessive additional cost. For this 
purpose, we maintain a portion of our funds in cash and cash equivalents, loans and securities available for sale. Our liquid assets at 
December 31, 2024 and 2023 totaled approximately $431.8 million and $489.0 million, respectively.  Our liquidity level measured as 
the percentage of liquid assets to total assets was 22.7% and 26.5% as of December 31, 2024, and 2023, respectively. 
 
We believe that our current unrestricted cash and cash equivalents, cash flows from operations and borrowing capacity under our 
credit facility will be sufficient to meet our working capital, capital expenditures, and any other capital needs for at least the next 12 
months. We are currently not aware of any trends or demands, commitments, events or uncertainties that will result in or that are 
reasonably likely to result in our liquidity increasing or decreasing in any material way that will impact our capital needs during or 
beyond the next 12 months.  
 
 

 
58 
 
 
The following tables summarizes short- and long-term material cash requirements as of December 31, 2024, which we believe 
that we will be able to fund these obligations through cash generated from our operations and available alternative sources of funds 
(dollars in thousands):  
 
 
(in thousands) 
Less than 1 
year 
 
1-3 years 
 
3-5 years 
 
More than 5 
years 
 
Total 
Operating lease obligations 
 
$ 
1,490    
$ 
2,380    
$ 
2,015    
$ 
2,110    
$ 
7,995  
Supplemental retirement plans 
135  
366  
527  
13,048  
14,076  
Time deposit maturities 
 
  
88,814   
  
2,467   
  
114    
  
0 
  
  
91,395  
Total 
$ 
90,439  
$ 
5,213  
$ 
2,656  
$ 
15,158  
$ 
113,466  
 
 
Capital Resources and Capital Adequacy Requirements 
 
 
In the past two years, our primary source of capital has been internally generated operating income through retained earnings.  
At December 31, 2024, total shareholders’ equity increased to $183.4 million, representing an increase of $17.4 million from 
December 31, 2023.  The increase was due to net income of $24.9 million recorded to retained earnings, which was partially offset by 
other comprehensive losses of $4.5 million, net of income tax benefit, due to the negative effect that rising long-term treasury yields 
had on the unrealized market value adjustment of our available-for-sale investment portfolio during 2024.  Also, retained earnings was 
reduced by the common stock dividend payments totaling $3.7 million during 2024.  As of December 31, 2024, we had no material 
commitments for capital expenditures. 
 
We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies.  Failure to meet minimum 
capital requirements can trigger regulatory actions that could have a material adverse effect on our financial statements and operations. 
Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, we must meet specific capital 
guidelines that rely on the quantitative measures of our assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under 
regulatory accounting practices. Our capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators 
about components, risk weightings, and other factors. (See “Description of Business-Regulation and Supervision-Capital Adequacy 
Requirements” in this report for exact definitions and regulatory capital requirements.) 
 
As of December 31, 2024, we were qualified as a “well capitalized institution” under the regulatory framework for prompt 
corrective action.  For more information on our capital resources and capital adequacy requirements, see Note 19 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report. 
 

 
59 
 
ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.  
 
Market Risk 
 
   Market risk is the risk of loss of future earnings, fair values, or future cash flows that may result from changes in the price of a 
financial instrument. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange 
rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes that affect market risk sensitive instruments. Market risk is attributed 
to all market risk sensitive financial instruments, including securities, loans, deposits and borrowings, as well as the Company's role as 
a financial intermediary in customer-related transactions. The objective of market risk management is to avoid excessive exposure of 
the Company's earnings and equity to loss, and to reduce the volatility inherent in certain financial instruments. 
 
Interest Rate Management   
 
 Market risk is the risk of a loss in earnings or economic value that arises from adverse changes or movements in market rates 
and prices, such as interest rates or credit spreads. The Company's market risk exposure is primarily that of interest rate risk inherent in 
its lending, investing, and deposit taking activities. The core banking activities of lending and deposit-taking expose the Company to 
interest rate risk, which occurs when assets and liabilities re-price at different times and by different amounts as interest rates change. 
The Company has established policies and procedures to monitor and limit earnings and balance sheet exposure to changes in interest 
rates. The Company does not engage in the trading of financial instruments, nor does the Company have exposure to currency exchange 
rates. 
 
 The principal objective of interest rate risk management (often referred to as "asset/liability management") is to manage the 
financial components of the Company in a manner that should optimize the risk/reward equation for earnings and capital in relation to 
changing interest rates. The Company's exposure to market risk is reviewed on a regular basis by the Investment Committee. Interest 
rate risk is the potential of economic losses due to future interest rate changes. These economic losses can be reflected as a loss of future 
net interest income and/or a loss of current fair market values. The objective is to measure the effect on net interest income and to adjust 
the balance sheet to minimize the inherent risk while at the same time maximizing income. Management realizes certain risks are 
inherent, and that the goal is to identify and manage the risks. Management uses two methodologies to manage interest rate risk: (i) a 
standard GAP analysis; and (ii) an interest rate shock simulation model. 
 
  The planning of asset and liability maturities is an integral part of the management of an institution's net interest margin. To the 
extent maturities of assets and liabilities do not match in a changing interest rate environment, the net interest margin may change over 
time. Even with perfectly matched repricing of assets and liabilities, risks remain in the form of prepayment of loans or securities or in 
the form of delays in the adjustment of rates of interest applying to either earning assets with floating rates or to interest bearing liabilities. 
The Company has generally been able to control its exposure to changing interest rates by maintaining a relatively high percentage of 
variable rate earning assets and a vast majority of its deposits are non-maturing that reprice only at management’s discretion based on 
competition in the banking industry and liquidity needs of the Company. 
 
Interest rate changes do not affect all categories of assets and liabilities equally or at the same time. Varying interest rate 
environments can create unexpected changes in prepayment levels of assets and liabilities, which may have a significant effect on the 
net interest margin and are not reflected in the interest sensitivity analysis table. Because of these factors, an interest sensitivity gap 
report may not provide a complete assessment of the exposure to changes in interest rates. 
 
The Company uses modeling software for asset/liability management in order to simulate the effects of potential interest rate 
changes on the Company's net interest margin, and to calculate the estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments under 
different interest rate scenarios. The program imports current balances, interest rates, maturity dates and repricing information for 
individual financial instruments, and incorporates assumptions on the characteristics of embedded options along with pricing and 
duration for new volumes to project the effects of a given interest rate change on the Company's interest income and interest expense. 
Rate scenarios consisting of key rate and yield curve projections are run against the Company's investment, loan, deposit and borrowed 
funds’ portfolios. These rate projections can be shocked (an immediate and parallel change in all base rates, up or down) and ramped 
(an incremental increase or decrease in rates over a specified time period), based on current trends and econometric models or stable 
economic conditions (unchanged from current actual levels). 
 
 
 

 
60 
 
 
Asset sensitivity indicates that in a rising interest rate environment the Company's net interest income would increase and in a 
decreasing interest rate environment the Company's net interest income would decrease. Liability sensitivity indicates that in a rising 
interest rate environment a Company's net interest income would decrease and in a decreasing interest rate environment the Company's 
net interest income would increase. For all of 2024, we were relatively neutral but slightly "asset-sensitive" meaning we expect our net 
interest income to increase as market rates increase and to decrease as market rates decrease. The relative level of asset sensitivity as of 
December 31, 2024 has decreased from 2023 primarily due to a decrease in interest-bearing cash balances that have floating rates. In 
the decreasing interest rate environments, we show a decline in net interest income as interest-bearing assets re-price lower while 
deposits reach their floors and cannot be reduced further.  
 
        Management believes that our interest rate risk modeling overcomes three shortcomings of the typical maturity gap methodology. 
First, it does not use arbitrary repricing intervals and accounts for all expected future cash flows. Second, because our model projects 
cash flows of each financial instrument under different interest rate environments, it can incorporate the effect of embedded options on 
an institution's interest rate risk exposure. Third, it allows interest rates on different instruments to change by varying amounts in 
response to a change in market interest rates, resulting in more accurate estimates of cash flows. 
 
        However, as with any method of gauging interest rate risk, there are certain shortcomings inherent to the methodology. The model 
assumes interest rate changes are instantaneous parallel shifts in the yield curve. In reality, rate changes are rarely instantaneous. The 
use of the simplifying assumption that short-term and long-term rates change by the same degree may also misstate historic rate patterns, 
which rarely show parallel yield curve shifts. Further, the model assumes that certain assets and liabilities of similar maturity or period 
to repricing will react in the same way to changes in rates. In reality, certain types of financial instruments may react in advance of 
changes in market rates, while the reaction of other types of financial instruments may lag behind the change in general market rates. 
When interest rates change, actual loan prepayments and actual early withdrawals from certificates may deviate significantly from the 
assumptions used in the model.  Finally, this methodology does not measure or reflect the impact that higher rates may have on 
adjustable-rate loan clients' ability to service their debt. All of these factors are considered in monitoring the Company's exposure to 
interest rate risk. 
 
Impact of Inflation; Seasonality 
 
Inflation primarily impacts us by its effect on interest rates. Our primary source of income is net interest income, which is affected 
by changes in interest rates. We attempt to limit the impact of inflation on our net interest margin through management of rate-
sensitive assets and liabilities and the analysis of interest rate sensitivity. The effect of inflation on premises and equipment as well as 
noninterest expenses has not been significant for the periods covered in this report. Our business is generally not seasonal. 

 
61 
 
 ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 
 
Our consolidated financial statements and the Independent Auditors’ Report appear on pages F-1 through F-44 of this Annual 
Report and are incorporated into this Item 8 by reference. 
 
 
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
PAGE 
MANAGEMENT’S ASSESSMENT OF INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 
F-1 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 
F-2 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
Balance sheets 
F-4 
Statements of income 
F-5 
Statements of comprehensive income 
F-6 
Statements of shareholders’ equity 
F-7 
Statements of cash flows 
F-8 
Notes to financial statements 
F-10 
 
 
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE 
 
None. 
 
 
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 
 
Disclosure Controls and Procedures 
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our 
reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, summarized and 
reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC, and that such information is accumulated and 
communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions 
regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, our management recognized that 
any system of controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving 
the desired control objectives, as ours are designed to do, and management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in 
evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. 
As required by SEC rules, an evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the effectiveness, as of December 31, 2024, of the Company’s disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act). Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2024, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective to 
provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file under the Exchange Act is recorded, 
processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that such information is 
accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely 
decisions regarding required disclosure. 
 
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 
Management of Oak Valley Bancorp is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial 
reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is a 
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial 
statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Internal 
control over financial reporting includes those written policies and procedures that: 

 
62 
 
• 
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of 
our assets; 
• 
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; 
• 
provide reasonable assurance that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorization of our 
management and board of directors; and 
• 
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of assets 
that could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. 
Internal control over financial reporting includes the controls themselves, monitoring and internal auditing practices and actions 
taken to correct deficiencies as identified. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent 
or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may 
become inadequate because of changes in conditions or because the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may 
deteriorate. 
Our management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 
2024, based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in “Internal Control – Integrated Framework” 
(2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management’s assessment included an 
evaluation of the design and the testing of the operational effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 
Management reviewed the results of its assessment with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. 
Based on that assessment, management concluded that the Company's internal control over financial reporting was effective as 
of December 31, 2024. 
 
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 
There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2024 that 
materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 
There were no significant changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the year ended December 
31, 2024 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial 
reporting subsequent to the evaluation date.  
 
 
 
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION 
 
 
Insider Adoption or Termination of Trading Arrangements 
 
During the quarter ended December 31, 2024, no director or officer (as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) under the Exchange Act) of the Company 
informed us of the adoption or termination of any Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangements or non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangements (in each 
case, as defined in Item 408 of Regulation S-K), other than, on November 5, 2024, Donald Barton, a director, adopted a Rule 10b5-1 
trading arrangement providing for the sale of 375 shares of our common stock each month for a total of up to 4,500 shares of our 
common stock. The trading arrangement is intended to satisfy the affirmative defense in Rule 10b5-1(c). The duration of the trading 
arrangement is until February 11, 2026, or earlier if all transactions under the trading arrangement are completed.   
 
 
 
ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS 
 
 Not applicable. 
 
 

 
63 
 
PART III 
 
ITEM 10. 
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
 
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Corporate Governance and Board 
Matters,” “Information About Directors and Executive Officers” and “Corporate Governance - Insider Trading Policy” in our Proxy 
Statement to be filed prior to the 2025 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.     
 
The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to all staff including the Chief Executive Officer, and the Chief 
Financial Officer. A copy of the Code of Ethics will be provided to any person, without charge, upon written request to Corporate 
Secretary, Oak Valley Bancorp, 125 North Third Avenue, Oakdale, CA 95361.    A copy of the Code of Ethics is also available at the 
Company’s website at www.ovcb.com. The content of our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report or any other 
filings with the SEC. 
 
 
Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports  
   
Section 16(a) of the 1934 Act requires the Company’s officers and directors, and persons who own more than 10% of a 
registered class of the Company’s equity securities, to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC.  Officers, 
directors and greater than 10% shareholders are required by SEC regulations to furnish the Company with copies of all Section 16(a) 
forms they file.   
   
Based solely on its review of the copies of such forms received by it, or written representations from certain reporting persons, 
the Company believes that for the 2024 fiscal year the officers and directors of the Company complied with all applicable filing 
requirements, except for the late filings for the directors in the table below: 
 
Name 
Form 
Transaction Type 
Transaction Date 
# of Shares 
Filing Date 
James L Gilbert 
4 
Purchase 
08/14/23 
33 
04/03/24 
James L Gilbert 
4 
Purchase 
02/12/24 
48 
04/03/24 
Allison C Lafferty 
4 
Purchase 
06/03/24 
100 
06/10/24 
Allison C Lafferty 
4 
Purchase 
08/21/24 
100 
09/09/24 
Gary Strong 
4 
Purchase 
05/20/24 
3 
05/29/24 
Gary Strong 
4 
Purchase 
05/21/24 
1 
05/29/24 
Gary Strong 
4 
Purchase 
02/24/24 
1 
05/29/24 
Gary Strong 
4 
Purchase 
02/28/24 
695 
05/29/24 
Gary Strong 
4 
Purchase 
08/05/24 
700 
08/08/24 
Terrance P Withrow 
4 
Purchase 
02/13/23 
148 
05/06/24 
Terrance P Withrow 
4 
Purchase 
08/14/23 
152 
05/06/24 
Terrance P Withrow 
4 
Purchase 
02/12/24 
225 
05/06/24 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 11. 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 
 
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the Section entitled “Executive Compensation Discussion 
and Analysis” in our Proxy Statement to be filed prior to the 2025 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. 
 
 
 

 
64 
 
 
ITEM 12. 
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information 
 
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2024 with respect to shares of our common stock that are 
authorized to be issued under the Company’s 2018 Equity Plan.  Shares subject to restricted stock awards are not included in the table 
below. 
 
 
A 
 
B 
 
C 
 
Plan Category 
 
Number of Securities to be Issued Upon 
Exercise of Outstanding Options, 
Warrants and Rights 
 
Weighted Average Exercise Price of 
Outstanding Options, Warrants and 
Rights 
 
Number of Securities Remaining Available for 
Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation 
Plans  (Excluding Securities Reflected in 
Column A) 
 
Equity Compensation Plans 
Approved by Shareholders 
0  
$ 
0   
392,880  
Equity Compensation Plans Not 
Approved by Shareholders  
0 
0  
0  
Total 
0  
$ 
0  
392,880  
 
 
Certain information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Security Ownership of Certain 
Beneficial Owners and Management” in our Proxy Statement to be filed prior to the 2025 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. 
 
 
 
ITEM 13. 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 
 
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Certain Relationship and Related 
Transactions” in our Proxy Statement to be filed prior to the 2025 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. 
 
 
 
ITEM 14. 
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 
 
 
The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm is RSM US LLP, Issuing Office: Dallas, TX, PCAOB ID: 49. 
 
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to “Proposal No. 2: Ratification of Appointment of 
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in our Proxy Statement to be filed prior to the 2025 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. 
 
 
 
PART IV 
 
ITEM 15.         EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 
 
Documents Filed as Part of this Annual Report:  
 
(a)(1) Financial Statements 
 
        The Financial Statements of the Company and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are set forth on 
pages F-1 through F-44. 
 
 
(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules 
 
        All schedules to the Financial Statements are omitted because of the absence of the conditions under which they are required or 
because the required information is included in the Financial Statements or accompanying notes. 
 
 

 
65 
 
(a)(3) Exhibits 
INDEX TO EXHIBITS 
Exhibit 
Number  
Description 
3.1 Articles of Incorporation of Oak Valley Bancorp, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Form 10 filed on July 31, 
2008). 
3.2 First Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Oak Valley Bancorp, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the 
Form 10 filed on July 31, 2008). 
3.3
Bylaws, as amended and restated on June 21, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 
10-Q filed on August 12, 2022). 
4.1 Description of Securities of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2020). 
10.1 Oak Valley Community Bank Form of Director Retirement Agreement. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the 
Form 10 filed on July 31, 2008). 
10.3 Oak Valley Bancorp 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement 
for its 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed as of May 7, 2018). † 
10.4 Oak Valley Community Bank Form of Executive Salary Continuation Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to 
the Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2021). 
10.5 Form of 2018 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Form S-8 
filed on June 28, 2018).† 
10.6 Form of 2018 Equity Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Form 
S-8 filed on June 28, 2018).† 
10.7 Form of 2018 Equity Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the 
Form S-8 filed on June 28, 2018).† 
19.1   Oak Valley Bancorp Insider Trading Policy. 
21 Subsidiaries of the Issuer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21 to the Form 10 filed on July 31, 2008). 
23.1 Consent of Independent Registered Accounting Firm. 
31.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to 
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 
31.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to 
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 
32.1 Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* 
97.1 Oak Valley Bancorp Clawback Policy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 97.1 to the Form 10-K filed on April 1, 2024). 
101 The following financial statements from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, 
formatted in Inline XBRL: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, (ii) Consolidated Statements of 
Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the 
Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended 
December 31, 2024 and 2023, (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, 
and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 
104 Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101) 
 
*  
Furnished, not filed. 
† 
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan. 
 
 
ITEM 16.        FORM 10-K SUMMARY 
 
None. 

 
66 
 
SIGNATURES 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “1934 Act”) the 
registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Oakdale, California 
on March 31, 2025. 
 
OAK VALLEY BANCORP   
a California corporation 
By: /s/  CHRISTOPHER M. COURTNEY 
Christopher M. Courtney, Chief Executive Officer 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the 1934 Act, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the 
registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated. 
 
 
Signature 
 
Title 
 
Date 
 
 
/s/ DONALD L. BARTON 
Director 
March 31, 2025 
Donald Barton 
 
 
 
/s/ CHRISTOPHER M. COURTNEY 
Chief Executive Officer and Director 
(Principal Executive Officer) 
March 31, 2025 
Christopher M. Courtney 
 
 
 
/s/ LYNN R. DICKERSON 
Director 
March 31, 2025 
Lynn R. Dickerson 
 
 
 
/s/ JEFFREY A. GALL 
Chief Financial Officer (Principal 
Financial and Principal Accounting 
Officer) 
March 31, 2025 
Jeffrey A. Gall 
 
 
 
/s/ JAMES L. GILBERT 
Director 
March 31, 2025 
James L. Gilbert 
 
 
 
/s/ THOMAS A. HAIDLEN 
Director 
March 31, 2025 
Thomas A. Haidlen 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ H. RANDOLPH HOLDER 
Director 
March 31, 2025 
H. Randolph Holder 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ DANIEL J. LEONARD 
Director 
March 31, 2025 
Daniel J. Leonard 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ RICHARD A. McCARTY 
 
President, Chief Operating Officer, 
and Director 
 
March 31, 2025 
Richard A. McCarty 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ JANET S. PELTON 
 
Director 
 
March 31, 2025 
Janet S. Pelton 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ GARY STRONG 
 
Director 
 
March 31, 2025 
Gary Strong 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ DANNY L. TITUS 
 
Director 
 
March 31, 2025 
Danny L. Titus 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
67 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ TERRANCE P. WITHROW 
 
Director 
 
March 31, 2025 
Terrance P. Withrow 
 
/s/ ALLISON C. LAFFERTY 
Director 
March 31, 2025 
Allison C. Lafferty 
 

 
F-1 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S ASSESSMENT OF INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 
 
The management of Oak Valley Bancorp is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial 
reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control system was designed to ensure that 
material information regarding our operations is made available to management and the board of directors to provide them reasonable 
assurance that the published financial statements are fairly presented. There are limitations inherent in any internal control, such as the 
possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls. As a result, even effective internal controls can provide 
only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. As conditions change over time so too may the effectiveness 
of internal controls.  
 
Our management has evaluated our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024 based on the framework in 
Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO 2013) of the Treadway 
Commission. Based on this assessment, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as 
of December 31, 2024. 
 
 
 
/s/  CHRISTOPHER M. COURTNEY 
/s/  JEFFREY A. GALL 
Christopher M. Courtney, Chief Executive Officer 
Jeffrey A. Gall, Chief Financial Officer 
 
 
 

 
F-2 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
  
 
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Oak Valley Bancorp  
  
Opinion on the Financial Statements 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Oak Valley Bancorp and its subsidiary (the Company) 
as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, 
shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial 
statements (collectively, the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material 
respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and 
its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of 
America. 
  
Basis for Opinion 
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an 
opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the 
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect 
to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities 
and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 
  
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and 
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material 
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an 
audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of 
internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. 
  
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, 
whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included 
examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also 
included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating 
the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 
  
Critical Audit Matters 
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements 
that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or 
disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex 
judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, 
taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the 
critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate. 
 
Allowance for Credit Losses 
As described in Notes 1 and 4 to the financial statements, the Company's allowance for credit losses (allowance) is 
deducted from the amortized cost basis of loans to present the net amount expected to be collected on the loans. The 
measurement of expected credit losses is based on relevant information, which includes historical experience, current 
conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount over the 
contractual life. The total allowance represented $11,460,000 at December 31, 2024. 
 
Management calculates the quantitative portion of collectively evaluated reserves for all loan categories using a 
discounted cash flow (“DCF”) methodology. The DCF quantitative reserve methodology incorporates the consideration of 
probability of default (“PD”) and loss given default (“LGD”) estimates to calculate expected lifetime losses. The PD 
estimates are derived using reasonable and supportable economic forecasts and historical loss-rate data from both the 
Company and a selected peer group.    The historical loss-rate data is compared to identified benchmark economic 
indicators to create a regression model that is updated annually.  Reasonable and supportable forecasts for the identified 
economic indicators are then incorporated to arrive at expected default rates for the various loan categories. The 
reasonable and supportable forecasts are based on the National Unemployment Rate and Real Gross Domestic Product. 
The expected default rates are then applied to expected monthly loan balances estimated through the consideration of 
contractual terms and expected prepayments. The Company utilizes a four-quarter forecast period, after which the 

 
F-3 
expected default rates revert to the historical average over a four-quarter reversion period on a straight-line basis. The 
prepayment assumptions are estimated based on historical experience of the Company.  The prepayment assumptions 
may be updated by Management in the event that changing conditions impact Management’s estimate.  LGD utilized in 
the DCF is derived from the application of models that correlate LGD and PD based on historical peer data.   
 
Management recognizes that there are additional factors impacting risk of loss in the loan portfolio beyond what is 
captured in the quantitative portion of collectively evaluated reserves.  As current and expected conditions may vary 
compared with conditions over historical periods, which are utilized in the calculation of quantitative reserves, 
management considers whether additional or reduced reserve levels on collectively evaluated loans may be warranted 
given the consideration of a variety of qualitative factors.  
 
Several of the following qualitative factors considered by management reflect regulatory guidance on qualitative factors, 
whereas several others represent factors unique to the Company or unique to the current time period.  
● Changes in lending policies and procedures, including changes in underwriting standards and collection, charge-
off, and recovery practices 
● Changes in international, regional and local economic and business conditions, and developments that affect the 
collectability of the portfolio, as reflected in forecasts of the California unemployment rate  
● Changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio 
● Changes in the experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff 
● Changes in the volume and severity of past due, watch loans and classified loans 
● Changes in the quality of the Company’s loan review processes 
● Changes in the value of underlying collateral for loans not identified as collateral dependent 
● Changes in loan categorization concentrations   
● Other external factors, which include, the regulatory risk ratings 
 
The qualitative portion of the Company’s reserves on collectively evaluated loans are calculated using a combination of 
numeric frameworks (established matrices defining reserve rates based on specified metrics) and management 
judgement to determine risk categorizations in each of the qualitative factors.   
  
We identified the determination and evaluation of the PD, LGD, prepayment rate, reasonable and supportable forecast, 
and qualitative factors components of the allowance as a critical audit matter. The determination and evaluation of the PD, 
LGD, prepayment rate, reasonable and supportable forecast, and qualitative factors components of the allowance are a 
significant accounting estimates involving management’s judgments and subjectivity. In turn, auditing management’s 
judgments involved a high degree of subjectivity.  
  
The primary audit procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included, among others: 
 
• Obtaining an understanding of the management review control over the determination and evaluation of the PD, 
LGD, prepayment rate, reasonable and supportable forecast, and qualitative factors components of the allowance, 
and testing such control for design and operating effectiveness.  
• Obtaining an understanding of and testing the controls over the data used in the determination of these 
components. 
• Testing the data inputs used in the determination of these components to ensure completeness and accuracy by 
comparing to source documents and independently validating certain external data inputs. 
• Evaluating the appropriateness and consistency of management’s judgments related to the assumptions used to 
determine the PD, LGD, prepayment rate, reasonable and supportable forecast, and qualitative factors 
components of the allowance, including considering the sensitivity analyses performed by management over these 
assumptions.   
• Reviewing subsequent events and considering their impact on judgments applied in forming the PD, LGD, 
prepayment rate, reasonable and supportable forecast, and qualitative factors component of the allowance for 
credit losses as of the consolidated balance sheet date. 
  
 
/s/ RSM US LLP 
  
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2018. 
  
Dallas, Texas  
March 31, 2025 

 
F-4 
OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
 
 
 
(dollars in thousands) 
December 31,  
December 31,  
2024 
2023 
ASSETS 
Cash and due from banks 
$
138,481 
$
180,068 
Federal funds sold 
30,270 
36,500 
Cash and cash equivalents 
 
168,751  
216,568 
Securities - available for sale 
 
526,496  
518,078 
Securities - equity investments 
3,169 
3,132 
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses of $11,460 and $10,896 
 
 
 
 
at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively 
 
1,093,514  
1,004,277 
Cash surrender value of life insurance 
37,558 
31,506 
Bank premises and equipment, net 
 
16,319  
15,865 
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net 
3,390 
3,473 
Deferred tax asset 
 
15,501  
13,247 
Interest receivable and other assets 
35,906 
36,276 
 
$
1,900,604 
$
1,842,422 
  
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Deposits 
$
1,695,690 
$
1,650,534 
Interest payable and other liabilities 
21,478 
25,796 
Total liabilities 
 
1,717,168  
1,676,330 
Commitments and contingent liabilities (Note 13) 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ equity 
 
 
 
 
Common stock, no par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized, 
8,357,211 and 8,293,168 shares issued and outstanding 
at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively 
25,435 
25,435 
Additional paid-in capital 
 
6,199  
5,512 
Retained earnings 
175,502 
154,301 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax 
 
(23,700)  
(19,156)
Total shareholders’ equity 
183,436 
166,092 
 
 
 
 
 
$
1,900,604 
$
1,842,422 
  
 
See accompanying notes 

 
F-5 
OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 
 
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
2024 
2023 
INTEREST INCOME 
  
  
  
  
  
Interest and fees on loans 
$ 
53,406  
$ 
44,773  
Interest on securities 
  
20,693    
  
20,578  
Interest on federal funds sold 
1,547  
1,414  
Interest on deposits with banks 
  
7,248    
  
13,901  
  
  
82,894  
  
80,666  
  
  
  
  
  
  
INTEREST EXPENSE 
Deposits 
  
12,860    
  
4,863  
Federal funds purchased 
0  
1  
Total interest expense 
  
12,860    
  
4,864  
Net interest income 
  
70,034    
  
75,802  
(Reversal of) provision for credit losses 
(1,620) 
970  
Net interest income after (reversal of) provision for credit losses 
  
71,654    
  
74,832  
NON-INTEREST INCOME 
Service charges on deposits 
  
1,682    
  
1,813  
Debit card transaction fee income 
1,738  
1,773  
Earnings on cash surrender value of life insurance 
  
1,052    
  
788  
Mortgage commissions 
31  
20  
Gains on sales and calls of available-for-sale securities 
  
114    
  
156  
Other 
1,938  
2,081  
Total non-interest income 
  
6,555    
  
6,631  
NON-INTEREST EXPENSE 
  
  
  
  
  
Salaries and employee benefits 
28,640  
26,109  
Occupancy expenses 
  
4,610    
  
4,541  
Data processing fees 
2,814  
2,729  
Regulatory assessments (FDIC & DFPI) 
  
1,090    
  
1,020  
Other operating expenses 
8,863  
6,758  
Total non-interest expense 
  
46,017    
  
41,157  
Net income before provision for income taxes 
  
32,192    
  
40,306  
Total provision for income taxes 
  
7,244    
  
9,458  
Net Income 
$ 
24,948  
$ 
30,848  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Net income per share 
$ 
3.04  
$ 
3.76  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Net income per diluted share 
$ 
3.02  
$ 
3.75  
 
 
See accompanying notes 

 
F-6 
OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
 
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
(dollars in thousands) 
2024 
2023 
Net income 
$ 
24,948  
  
$ 
30,848  
Other comprehensive (loss) income: 
Unrealized holding (loss) gain arising during the period 
  
(6,337) 
  
  
           16,584  
Less:  reclassification for net gains included in net income 
(114) 
(156) 
Other comprehensive (loss) income, before tax 
  
(6,451) 
  
  
16,428  
Tax benefit (expense) related to items of other comprehensive income 
1,907  
(4,857) 
Total other comprehensive (loss) income 
  
(4,544) 
  
  
11,571  
Comprehensive income  
$ 
20,404  
$ 
42,419  
 
 
See accompanying notes 

 
 
OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2024 AND 2023 
  
  
Accumulated 
  
Additional 
Other 
Total 
Common Stock 
Paid-in 
Retained 
Comprehensive Shareholders' 
(dollars in thousands) 
Shares 
Amount 
Capital 
Earnings 
Income (Loss) 
Equity 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balances, January 1, 2024 
8,293,168  $ 25,435  
$ 5,512  $ 154,301  
$
(19,156) 
$
166,092 
Restricted stock issued 
72,269 
0
0 
0 
0
0
Restricted stock forfeited 
(1,950)  
  
0  
 
0  
 
0  
 
0 
 
0
Restricted stock surrendered for tax withholding 
(6,276)
0
(158) 
0 
0
(158)
Cash dividends declared $0.45 per share of common stock 
0  
  
0  
 
0  
 (3,747)  
 
0 
 
(3,747)
Stock based compensation 
0
0
845 
0 
0
845 
Other comprehensive loss 
0  
  
0  
 
0  
 
0  
 
(4,544) 
 
(4,544)
Net income 
0
0
0 
24,948 
0
24,948 
Balances, December 31, 2024 
8,357,211  $ 25,435  
$ 6,199  $ 175,502  
$
(23,700) 
$
183,436 
Balances, January 1, 2023 
8,257,894  $ 25,435  
$ 5,190  $ 126,728  
$
(30,727) 
$
126,626 
Restricted stock issued 
43,446 
0
0 
0 
0
0
Restricted stock forfeited 
(300)  
  
0  
 
0  
 
0  
 
0 
 
0
Restricted stock surrendered for tax withholding 
(7,872)
0
(211) 
0 
0
(211)
Cash dividends declared $0.32 per share of common stock 
0  
  
0  
 
0  
 (2,646)  
 
0 
 
(2,646)
Stock based compensation 
0
0
533 
0 
0
533 
Other comprehensive gain 
0  
  
0  
 
0  
 
0  
 
11,571  
 
11,571 
CECL adoption adjustments 
0
0
0 
(629)
0
(629)
Net income 
0  
  
0  
 
0  
 
30,848  
 
0 
 
30,848 
Balances, December 31, 2023 
8,293,168 
$ 25,435 
$ 5,512 
$ 154,301 
$
(19,156)
$
166,092 
 
 
See accompanying notes 
 
 
 
 
 

 
F-8 
OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
 
 
YEAR ENDED 
DECEMBER 31, 
(dollars in thousands) 
2024 
2023 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: 
  
  
  
  
Net income 
$ 
24,948  $ 
30,848  
  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 
(Reversal of) provision for credit losses 
(1,620) 
970  
  
  
Increase in deferred fees/costs, net 
  
156  
  
151  
Depreciation 
1,325  
1,329  
  
  
Amortization of investment securities, net 
  
838  
  
1,151  
Unrealized loss (gain) on equity securities 
74  
(41) 
  
  
Amortization of operating lease right-of-use asset 
(231) 
  
(231) 
Stock based compensation 
845  
533  
  
  
Gain on sales and calls of available for sale securities 
(114) 
  
(156) 
Earnings on cash surrender value of life insurance 
(1,052) 
(788) 
  
  
(Increase) decrease in deferred tax asset 
  
(2,254) 
  
706  
Increase (decrease) in interest payable and other liabilities 
914  
(1,411) 
  
  
Increase in interest receivable 
  
(173) 
  
(456) 
Decrease in other assets 
1,980  
454  
  
  
  
Net cash provided by operating activities 
  
25,636  
  
33,059  
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 
  
  
Purchases of available for sale securities 
  
(104,124) 
  
(40,660) 
Purchases of equity securities 
(112) 
(101) 
  
  
Proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale securities 
28,258  
  
42,791  
Proceeds from maturities, calls, and principal paydowns of securities available for sale 
60,274  
22,662  
  
  
Investment in LIHTC 
  
(4,119) 
  
(373) 
Net increase in loans 
(87,773) 
(100,709) 
  
  
Purchase of FHLB Stock 
  
(329) 
  
(720) 
Purchase of BOLI policies 
(5,000) 
(500) 
  
  
Purchases of premises and equipment 
  
(1,779) 
  
(1,894) 
Net cash used in investing activities 
(114,704) 
(79,504) 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 
  
  
Federal funds advances 
  
35  
  
1,855  
Federal funds payments 
(35) 
(1,855) 
  
  
Shareholder cash dividends paid 
  
(3,747) 
  
(2,646) 
Net increase (decrease) in demand deposits and savings accounts 
9,283  
(179,098) 
  
  
Net increase in time deposits 
  
35,873  
  
15,335  
Tax withholding payments on vested restricted shares surrendered 
(158) 
(211) 
  
  
  
Net cash provided by (used in) in financing activities 
41,251  
  
(166,620) 
NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 
(47,817) 
  
(213,065) 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period 
216,568  
  
429,633  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period 
$ 
168,751  $ 
216,568  

 
F-9 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: 
  
Cash paid during the period for: 
  
  
Interest 
$ 
12,747  $ 
4,715  
Operating leases 
$ 
1,497  $ 
             1,469  
  
  
Income taxes 
$ 
6,385  $ 
10,449  
NON-CASH INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 
  
  
  
  
Change in unrealized (loss) gain on securities 
$ 
(6,451) 
$ 
16,428  
  
Right-of-use asset obtained in exchange for new operating lease liability 
$ 
           (1,113) 
$ 
              (390) 
 
 
See accompanying notes 
 
 

 
F-10 
OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
NOTE 1 — SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
 
Nature of Operations 
 
Oak Valley Bancorp (“the Company”, “us”, “our”) is the parent holding company for Oak Valley Community Bank (the “Bank”), a 
California state-chartered bank.  The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the parent company and its wholly-
owned bank subsidiary.  Unless otherwise stated, the “Company” refers to the consolidated entity, Oak Valley Bancorp, while the 
“Bank” refers to Oak Valley Community Bank.  All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated.  Certain prior period 
amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. There was no effect on net income or shareholders’ 
equity as previously reported as a result of reclassifications.  In the opinion of Management, the consolidated financial statements 
contain all adjustments necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity and 
cash flows.  All adjustments are of a normal, recurring nature. 
 
The Company was incorporated under the laws of the State of California on May 31, 1990 and began operations in Oakdale on 
May 28, 1991. The Company operates branches in Oakdale, Sonora, Bridgeport, Bishop, Mammoth Lakes, Modesto, Manteca, 
Patterson, Turlock, Ripon, Stockton, Escalon, Sacramento, and Roseville, California. The Bridgeport, Mammoth Lakes, and Bishop 
branches operate as a separate division, Eastern Sierra Community Bank. The Company’s primary source of revenue is providing 
loans to customers who are predominantly middle-market businesses. 
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America 
(“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions.  These estimates and assumptions affect the reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the 
reporting period.  Significant accounting estimates reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements include the allowance 
for credit losses, accounting for income taxes, fair value measurements and goodwill impairment.  Actual results could differ from 
these estimates.  
 
A summary of the significant accounting policies applied in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements 
follows. 
 
Subsequent events — The Company has evaluated events and transactions subsequent to December 31, 2024 through the date of the 
filing for potential recognition or disclosure. 
 
Cash and cash equivalents — The Company has defined cash and cash equivalents to include cash, due from banks, certificates of 
deposit with original maturities of three months or less, and federal funds sold. Generally, federal funds are sold for one-day periods. 
At times throughout the year, balances can exceed FDIC insurance limits.   
 
Securities available for sale — Available-for-sale securities consist of bonds, notes, and debentures not classified as trading 
securities or held-to-maturity securities. Available-for-sale securities with unrealized holding gains and losses are reported as an 
amount in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax. Gains and losses on the sale or call of available-for-sale securities are 
determined using the specific identification method. The amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts are recognized as 
adjustments to interest income over the period to maturity, except for premiums on securities with call dates which are amortized to 
the earliest call date.  
 
Consistent with ASC Topic 825-10, equity securities consist of those securities with readily determinable fair value and are carried at 
fair value with the changes in fair value recognized in the consolidated statements of income.  
 
For available-for-sale debt securities in an unrealized loss position, management evaluates whether the decline in fair value is a 
reflection of credit deterioration or other factors.  In performing this evaluation, management considers the extent which fair value has 
fallen below amortized cost, changes in ratings by rating agencies, and other information indicating a deterioration in repayment 
capacity of either the underlying issuer or the borrowers providing repayment capacity in a securitization. If management’s evaluation 
indicates that a credit loss exists then a present value of the expected cash flows is calculated and compared to the amortized cost basis 
of the security in question and to the degree that the amortized cost basis exceeds the present value an allowance for credit loss 
(“ACL”) is established, with the caveat that the maximum amount of the reserve on any individual security is the difference between 
the fair value and amortized cost balance of the security in question. Any unrealized loss that has not been recorded through an ACL is 
recognized in other comprehensive income. 
 

 
F-11 
The unrealized losses are due primarily to rising market yields and not due to credit deterioration.  As such, no ACL on available-for-
sale securities has been established as of December 31, 2024 and 2023.   The Company does not intend to sell the securities and it is 
not likely that the Company will be required to sell the securities before the earlier of the forecasted recovery or the maturity of the 
underlying investment security.  
 
Loans originated — Loans are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income, deferred loan fees, and the 
allowance for credit losses. Unearned discounts on installment loans are recognized as income over the terms of the loans. Interest on 
other loans is calculated by using the simple interest method on the daily balance of the principal amount outstanding. 
 
Loan fees net of certain direct costs of origination are deferred and amortized, as an adjustment to interest yield, over the estimated life 
of the loan.  
 
Loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued are designated as non-accrual loans. Accrual of interest on loans is 
discontinued either when reasonable doubt exists as to the full and timely collection of interest or principal or when a loan becomes 
contractually past due by ninety days or more with respect to interest or principal. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, all 
interest previously accrued, but not collected, is reversed against current period interest income. Income on such loans is then 
recognized only to the extent that cash is received and where the future collection of principal is probable. Interest accruals are 
resumed on such loans only when they are brought fully current with respect to interest and principal and when, in the judgment of 
management, the loans are estimated to be fully collectible as to both principal and interest. 
 
Allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) — As required by ASC Topic 326, on January 1, 2023 the Company implemented CECL and 
increased our ACL, previously the allowance for loan losses, with a $346,000 cumulative adjustment.  Under ASC topic 326, the 
allowance for credit losses is deducted from the amortized cost basis to present the net amount expected to be collected on the loans. 
The measurement of expected credit losses is based on relevant information, which includes experience, current conditions, and 
reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount over the remaining contractual life. The 
Company’s ACL is calculated monthly, with any difference in the calculated ACL and the recorded ACL trued-up through an entry to 
the provision for credit losses.  Management calculates the quantitative portion of collectively evaluated reserves for all loan 
categories, using a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) methodology.  For purposes of estimating the Company’s ACL, management 
generally evaluates collectively evaluated loans by federal call code in order to group loans with similar risk characteristics together, 
however management has grouped loans in selected call codes together in determining portfolio segments, due to similar risk 
characteristics and reserve methodologies used for certain call code classifications.   
The DCF quantitative reserve methodology incorporates the consideration of probability of default (“PD”) and loss given default 
(“LGD”) estimates to calculate expected lifetime losses.  The PD estimates are derived using reasonable and supportable economic 
forecasts and historical loss rate data from both the bank and a selected peer group.  The historical loss rate data is compared to 
identified benchmark economic indicators to create a regression model that is updated annually. Reasonable and supportable forecasts 
for the identified economic indicators are then incorporated to arrive at expected default rates for the various loan categories. The 
reasonable and supportable forecasts are based on the National Unemployment Rate and Real Gross Domestic 
Product.  The expected default rates are then applied to expected monthly loan balances estimated through the consideration of 
contractual terms and expected prepayments. The Company utilizes a four-quarter forecast period, after which the expected default 
rates revert to the historical average, over a four-quarter reversion period, on a straight-line basis. The prepayment assumptions are 
estimated based on historical experience of the bank.  The prepayment assumptions are updated quarterly and may be subject to 
additional updates by Management in the event that changing conditions impact Management’s estimate.  LGD utilized in the DCF is 
derived from the application of models that correlate LGD and PD based on historical peer data.    
Management recognizes that there are additional factors impacting risk of loss in the loan portfolio beyond what is captured in the 
quantitative portion of collectively evaluated reserves.  As current and expected conditions, may vary compared with conditions over 
historical periods, which are utilized in the calculation of quantitative reserves, management considers whether additional or reduced 
reserve levels on collectively evaluated loans may be warranted given the consideration of a variety of qualitative factors. Several of 
the following qualitative factors (“Q-factors”) considered by management reflect regulatory guidance on Q-factors, whereas several 
others represent factors unique to the Company or unique to the current time period.  
● 
Changes in lending policies and procedures, including changes in underwriting standards and collection, charge-off, and 
recovery practices 
● 
Changes in international, regional and local economic and business conditions, and developments that affect the collectability 
of the portfolio, as reflected in forecasts of the California unemployment rate  
● 
Changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio 

 
F-12 
● 
Changes in the experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff 
● 
Changes in the volume and severity of past due, watch loans and classified loans 
● 
Changes in the quality of the Bank’s loan review processes 
● 
Changes in the value of underlying collateral for loans not identified as collateral dependent 
● 
Changes in loan categorization concentrations   
● 
Other external factors, which include, the regulatory risk ratings. 
The qualitative portion of the Company’s reserves on collectively evaluated loans are calculated using a combination of numeric 
frameworks, matrices defining reserve rate based on specified metrics, and management judgement, to determine risk categorizations 
in each of the Q-factors presented above.  The amount of qualitative reserves is also contingent upon the relative weighting of Q-
factors according to management’s judgement.   
Loans identified as losses by management and internal loan review are charged-off.  Furthermore, consumer loan accounts are 
charged-off automatically based on regulatory requirements.  
Accrued interest receivable for loans is included in the “Interest receivable and other assets” line item on the Company’s Consolidated 
Balance Sheet.  The Company elected not to measure an allowance for accrued interest receivable and instead elected to reverse 
accrued interest income on loans that are placed on nonaccrual status.  The Company believes this policy results in the timely reversal 
of uncollectible interest. 
 
The method for calculating the allowance for unfunded loan commitments is based on applying an estimated funding rate to the 
unfunded loan commitment balance to determine a projected cashflow schedule.  Then the quantitative loan loss rate from each loan 
pool as calculated in the DCF model described above is used to calculate the allowance for unfunded loan commitments which is 
recorded included in interest payable and other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. 
 
 
Premises and equipment — Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation 
and amortization are provided for in amounts sufficient to relate the cost of depreciable assets to operations over their estimated 
service lives using the straight-line basis. The estimated lives used in determining depreciation and amortization are: 
 
Building 
31.5 
years 
 
Equipment 
3 – 12 years 
 
Furniture and fixtures 
3 –   7 years 
 
Leasehold improvements 
5 – 15 years 
 
 
 
Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the useful life of the asset or the remaining term of the lease. The straight-
line method of depreciation is followed for all assets for financial reporting purposes, but accelerated methods are used for tax 
purposes. Deferred income taxes have been provided for the resulting temporary differences. 
 
 
Income taxes — Deferred income taxes are provided for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax 
basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently enacted income tax rates 
applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled using the liability method. 
As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. 
 
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and the State of California. With few exceptions, the Company 
is no longer subject to U.S. federal tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2021 or to state/local income tax examinations 
by tax authorities for years before 2020. 
 
Low Income Housing Tax Credits (“LIHTC”)  — The Company has invested in certain tax-advantaged projects promoting 
affordable housing, new markets, and historic rehabilitation. These investments are designed to generate returns primarily though the 
realization of federal and state income tax credits and other tax benefits, such as tax deductions from operating losses of the 
investments, over specified time periods.  These investments involve significant management judgments, including a determination of 
which entities have the power to direct activities, and whether these entities are variable interest entities. The Company is required to 
evaluate whether to consolidate a variable interest entity at both inception and on an ongoing basis. The Company is not required to 

 
F-13 
consolidate variable interest entities in which it has concluded it does not have a controlling financial interest and is not the primary 
beneficiary. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss related to its investments in these unconsolidated variable interest entities is 
limited to the carrying amount of the investment, net of any unfunded capital commitments and previously recorded tax credits which 
remain subject to recapture by taxing authorities based on compliance features required to be met at the project level. The Company 
believes potential losses from these investments are remote.  
 
The Company has elected to apply the proportional amortization method in accounting for investments in LIHTCs. Income tax credits 
and other tax benefits, net of investment amortization, were included as a component of the Company’s estimated annual effective tax 
rate used for the calculation of income taxes presented on the Consolidated Statements of Income. 
 
For additional information regarding these investments, see “Note 21 – Variable Interest Entities.” 
 
 
Transfers of financial assets — Transfers of an entire financial asset, a group of financial assets, or a participating interest in an 
entire financial asset are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is 
deemed to be surrendered when:  (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of 
conditions that contain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does 
not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity. 
 
Advertising costs — The Company expenses advertising costs as they are incurred. Advertising expense was $922,000 and $371,000 
for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. 
 
Comprehensive income — Comprehensive income is comprised of net income and other comprehensive income (loss). Other 
comprehensive income (loss) includes items previously recorded directly to shareholders’ equity, such as unrealized gains and losses 
on securities available for sale. Comprehensive income is presented in the statements of comprehensive income and as a component of 
shareholders’ equity. For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, $80,000 and $110,000, net of tax, respectively, was 
reclassified from comprehensive income into net income related to gains on called and sold available for sale securities.  
 
Federal Reserve Bank Stock —  Federal Reserve Bank stock represents the Company’s investment in the stock of the Federal Reserve 
Bank (“FRB”) and is carried at par value, which reasonably approximates its fair value. While technically these are considered equity 
securities, there is no market for the FRB stock. Therefore, the shares are considered as restricted equity securities.  Management periodically 
evaluates FRB stock for other-than-temporary impairment.  Management’s determination of whether these investments are impaired is based 
on its assessment of the ultimate recoverability of cost rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value. The determination of whether 
a decline affects the ultimate recoverability of cost is influenced by criteria such as (1) the significance of any decline in net assets of the FRB 
as compared to the capital stock amount for the FRB and the length of time this situation has persisted, (2) commitments by the FRB to make 
payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the operating performance of the FRB, (3) the impact of 
legislative and regulatory changes on institutions and, accordingly, the customer base of the FRB, and (4) the liquidity position of the FRB. 
This investment is reflected as a component of interest receivable and other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. 
 
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock —  Federal Home Loan Bank stock represents the Company’s investment in the stock of the Federal 
Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (“FHLB”) and is carried at par value, which reasonably approximates its fair value. While technically 
these are considered equity securities, there is no market for the FHLB stock. Therefore, the shares are considered as restricted equity 
securities.  Management periodically evaluates FHLB stock for other-than-temporary impairment.  Management’s determination of whether 
these investments are impaired is based on its assessment of the ultimate recoverability of cost rather than by recognizing temporary declines 
in value. The determination of whether a decline affects the ultimate recoverability of cost is influenced by criteria such as (1) the 
significance of any decline in net assets of the FHLB as compared to the capital stock amount for the FHLB and the length of time this 
situation has persisted, (2) commitments by the FHLB to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in 
relation to the operating performance of the FHLB, (3) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on institutions and, accordingly, the 
customer base of the FHLB, and (4) the liquidity position of the FHLB. This investment is reflected as a component of interest receivable and 
other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. 
 
Earnings per common share (“EPS”) —  EPS is based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during 
each year. The table in footnote 12 shows: (1) weighted average basic shares, (2) effect of dilutive securities related to stock options 
and non-vested restricted stock, and (3) weighted average diluted shares. Basic EPS are calculated by dividing net income by the 
weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period, excluding dilutive stock options and unvested restricted 
stock awards. Diluted EPS are calculated using the weighted average diluted shares. The total dilutive shares included in annual 
diluted EPS is a year-to-date weighted average of the total dilutive shares included in each quarterly diluted EPS computation under 
the treasury stock method. We have two forms of outstanding common stock: common stock and unvested restricted stock awards. 
Holders of restricted stock awards receive non-forfeitable dividends at the same rate as common stockholders and they both share 
equally in undistributed earnings.  Therefore, under the two-class method, the difference in EPS is not significant for these 
participating securities. 

 
F-14 
 
Stock based compensation — The Company recognizes in the consolidated statements of income the grant-date fair value of 
restricted stock, stock options and other equity-based forms of compensation issued to employees over the employees’ requisite 
service period (generally the vesting period).  The Company uses the straight-line recognition of expenses for awards with graded 
vesting.  The fair value of each restricted stock grant is based on the closing market price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant.  
The Company issued restricted stock grants totaling 72,269 and 43,446 shares in 2024 and 2023, respectively.    
 
Fair values of financial instruments — The consolidated financial statements include various estimated fair value information as of 
December 31, 2024 and 2023. Such information, which pertains to the Company’s financial instruments, does not purport to represent 
the aggregate net fair value of the Company. Further, the fair value estimates are based on various assumptions, methodologies, and 
subjective considerations, which vary widely among different financial institutions and which are subject to change. 
 
Fair value measurements — The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and 
liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. The Company bases the fair values on the price that would be received to sell an 
asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Securities available 
for sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, the Company may be required to record certain 
assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis, such as certain impaired loans held for investment and securities held to maturity that are 
other-than-temporarily impaired. These non-recurring fair value adjustments typically involve write-downs of individual assets due to 
application of lower-of-cost or market accounting. 
 
The Company has established and documented a process for determining fair value. The Company maximizes the use of observable 
inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs when developing fair value measurements. Whenever there is no readily 
available market data, Management uses its best estimate and assumptions in determining fair value, but these estimates involve 
inherent uncertainties and the application of Management's judgment. As a result, if other assumptions had been used, our recorded 
earnings or disclosures could have been materially different from those reflected in these financial consolidated statements.  
 
Revenue recognition — Revenue from deposit account-related fees, including general service fees charged for deposit account 
maintenance and activity and transaction-based fees charged for certain services, such as debit card, wire transfer or overdraft 
activities, is recognized when the performance obligation is completed, which is generally after a transaction is completed or monthly 
for account maintenance services. Investment advisory service fees are received from a third-party broker-dealer as part of a revenue 
sharing agreement for fees earned from customers that the Company refers to the third party for services that include custody of assets, 
investment management, trust services, and other fiduciary activities. Revenue is recognized when the performance obligation is 
completed, which is generally monthly. 
Goodwill and other intangible assets — As of December 31, 2024 intangible assets are comprised of goodwill of $3,313,000 and core 
deposit intangibles of $77,000, which were acquired through a business combination, as compared to goodwill of $3,313,000 and core 
deposit intangible of $159,000 as of December 31, 2023.  Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized over their respective 
estimated useful lives. If an event occurs that indicates the carrying amount of an intangible asset may not be recoverable, management 
reviews the asset for impairment. Any goodwill and any intangible asset acquired in a purchase business combination determined to 
have an indefinite useful life is not amortized, but is evaluated for impairment, at a minimum, on an annual basis.  
The core deposit intangible represents the estimated future benefits of acquired deposits and is booked separately from the related 
deposits. The value of the core deposit intangible asset was determined using a discounted cash flow approach to arrive at the cost 
differential between the core deposits (non-maturity deposits such as transaction, savings and money market accounts) and alternative 
funding sources. The core deposit intangible is amortized on an accelerated basis over an estimated ten-year life, and it is evaluated 
periodically for impairment. No impairment loss was recognized as of December 31, 2024.  At December 31, 2024, the core deposit 
intangibles future estimated amortization expense is as follows: 
 
(in thousands) 
2025 
Total 
Core deposit intangible amortization 
$     77 
$     77 
 
The Company applies a qualitative analysis of conditions in order to determine if it is more likely than not that the carrying value is 
impaired. In the event that the qualitative analysis suggests that the carrying value of goodwill may be impaired, the Company uses 
several quantitative valuation methodologies in evaluating goodwill for impairment that includes assumptions made concerning the 
future earnings potential of the organization, and a market-based approach that looks at values for organizations of comparable size, 
structure and business model. The current year's review of qualitative factors did not indicate that impairment has occurred, as such no 
quantitative analysis was performed at December 31, 2024 and 2023.  
 
 

 
F-15 
Recently Issued Accounting Standards —  
 
In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 326, Financial 
Instruments – Credit Losses. This update revises the methodology used by financial institutions under GAAP to recognize credit losses 
in the financial statements.  Previously, GAAP required the use of an “incurred loss” model, whereby financial institutions recognize in 
current period earnings, incurred credit losses and those inherent in the financial statements, as of the date of the balance sheet.  The 
“incurred loss” methodology for recognizing credit losses delayed recognition until it is probable that a loss has been incurred. ASC 
Topic 326 replaces such incurred loss impairment model with a new methodology that requires organizations to measure all expected 
credit losses for financial instruments held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions and reasonable and 
supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount. This ASC results in a new model for estimating the allowance 
for credit losses, commonly referred to as the Current Expected Credit Loss (“CECL”) model.  Under the CECL model, financial 
institutions are required to estimate future credit losses and recognize those losses in current period earnings.  The amendments within 
the update were initially effective for fiscal years and all interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019.  In October 2019, FASB 
approved an amendment that delayed the adoption of this ASC for three years for certain entities including the Company since we are 
classified as a Smaller Reporting Company.  The Company adopted these standards as required on January 1, 2023 using the modified 
retrospective method for all financial assets measured at amortized cost and off-balance sheet credit exposures.  There was no cumulative 
effect adjustment related to our available-for-sale investment portfolio upon adoption and the Company had no securities designated as 
held-to-maturity as of January 1, 2023. 
 
Results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2023 are presented under CECL.  The transition adjustment of the CECL 
adoption included an increase in the allowance for credit losses of $346,000, an increase of $547,000 to the reserve for unfunded 
commitments, a $629,000 decrease to retained earnings, and a $264,000 tax benefit recorded as part of the deferred tax asset in the 
Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. 
 
In March 2022, the FASB issued ASU No. 2022-02, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Troubled Debt Restructurings 
and Vintage Disclosures (“ASU 2022-02”). ASU 2022-02 eliminates the accounting guidance for troubled debt restructurings in 
Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Subtopic 310-40, Receivables - Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors, while 
enhancing disclosure requirements for certain loan refinancing and restructurings by creditors when a borrower is experiencing financial 
difficulty. Additionally, ASU 2022-02 requires entities to disclose current-period gross write-offs by year of origination for financing 
receivables and net investments in leases within the scope of ASC Subtopic 326-20, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses - Measured 
at Amortized Cost.  ASU 2022-02 became effective on January 1, 2023. The adoption of ASU 2022-02 did not have a significant impact 
on our consolidated financial statements. 
 
In March 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-02, Investments-Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for 
Investments in Tax Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method (a consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force). 
The amendments in this update permit reporting entities to elect to account for their tax equity investments, regardless of the program 
from which the income tax credits are received, using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. A reporting 
entity may make an accounting policy election to apply the proportional amortization method on a tax-credit-program-by-tax-credit-
program basis rather than electing to apply the proportional amortization method at the reporting entity level or to individual 
investments. Previously, only Low-Income Housing Tax Credit investments were eligible to apply the proportional amortization 
method. This ASU became effective on January 1, 2024.  The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the consolidated 
financial statements.  
 
In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment 
Disclosures (ASU 2023-07). The update requires enhanced disclosures about significant segment expenses, enhanced interim 
disclosure requirements, clarification for when multiple segment measures of profit or loss can be disclosed and other requirements 
intended to improve overall reportable segment disclosures in annual and interim periods. ASU 2023-07 became effective in the 
annual period beginning on January 1, 2024 and becomes effective for interim periods beginning on January 1, 2025 with 
retrospective application to all prior periods presented.  ASU 2023-07 did not have a significant impact on disclosures, as the 
Company operates as a single segment and reporting unit.  
 
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures (ASU 
2023-09). ASU 2023-09 requires additional annual disclosures including further disaggregation of information in the rate 
reconciliation, additional information for reconciling items meeting a quantitative threshold, further disaggregation of income taxes 
paid and other required disclosures. ASU 2023-09 is effective for the Company in the annual period beginning on January 1, 2025 and 
applied on a prospective basis with both early adoption and retrospective application permitted. The Company does not anticipate 
ASU 2023-09 to have a significant impact on its income tax disclosures or financial statements. 
 
 

 
F-16 
NOTE 2 — CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS 
 
Cash and due from banks includes balances with the Federal Reserve Bank and other correspondent banks.  Prior to March 2020, the 
Federal Reserve Bank required the Company to maintain a minimum reserve balance based on a percentage of the Company’s deposit 
liabilities.  Effective March 26, 2020, the Federal Reserve Bank reduced the reserve requirement ratios to zero percent, which 
eliminated the reserve requirements for all depository institutions. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had Federal 
Reserve Bank balances of $102,484,000 and $147,379,000, respectively.   In addition, the Company maintains other cash equivalent 
balances, of which insured balances totaled $49,665,000 and uninsured balances totaled $16,602,000 as of December 31, 2024. 
 
 
NOTE 3 — SECURITIES 
 
Equity Securities 
 
The Company held equity securities with fair values of $3,169,000 and $3,132,000 at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, 
respectively.  There were no sales of equity securities during the year ended December 31, 2024 or 2023.  Consistent with ASC Topic 
326, these securities are carried at fair value with the changes in fair value recognized in the consolidated statements of income.  
Accordingly, the Company recognized an unrealized loss of $74,000 and an unrealized gain of $41,000 during the years ended 
December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.   
 
Debt Securities 
 
Debt securities have been classified in the financial statements as available for sale.  The amortized cost and estimated fair values of 
debt securities as of December 31, 2024 are as follows: 
 
(dollars in thousands) 
Amortized Cost 
Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 
Gross Unrealized 
Losses 
Fair Value 
Available-for-sale securities: 
   
   
   
 
 
U.S. agencies 
$ 
92,659  
$ 
20  
$ 
(5,605) 
$ 
87,074  
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
29,105   
0   
(606)  
 
28,499  
Municipalities 
347,051  
900  
(25,459) 
322,492  
SBA pools 
882   
0   
(3)  
 
879  
Corporate debt 
43,500  
6  
(2,294) 
41,212  
Asset backed securities 
46,946   
66   
(672)  
 
46,340  
$ 
560,143  
$ 
992  
$ 
(34,639) 
$ 
526,496  
 
 
 
 
 

 
F-17 
The following tables detail the gross unrealized losses and fair values aggregated of debt securities by investment category and length 
of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2024. 
 
 
(dollars in thousands) 
Less than 12 months 
12 months or more 
Total 
Description of Securities 
Number of 
Securities  
Fair 
Value 
Unrealized 
Loss 
Fair 
Value 
Unrealized 
Loss 
Fair 
Value 
Unrealized 
Loss 
U.S. agencies 
45 $ 
29,489  $ 
(777) $ 
54,568  $ 
(4,828) $ 
84,057  $ 
(5,605) 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
9 
25,092  
(189) 
3,408  
(417) 
28,500  
(606) 
Municipalities 
123 
  
113,936  
  
(2,280) 
  
179,223   
(23,179)   
293,159  
  
(25,459) 
SBA pools 
6 
720  
(1) 
159  
(2) 
879  
(3) 
Corporate debt 
11 
  
0  
  
0  
  
39,206   
(2,294)   
39,206  
  
(2,294) 
Asset backed securities 
13 
7,948  
(15) 
15,912  
(657) 
23,860  
(672) 
Total temporarily impaired securities 
207  $ 
177,185  $ 
(3,262) $ 
292,476  $ 
(31,377) $ 
469,661  $ 
(34,639) 
 
 
For available-for-sale debt securities in an unrealized loss position, management evaluates whether the decline in fair value is a 
reflection of credit deterioration or other factors.  In performing this evaluation, management considers the extent which fair value has 
fallen below amortized cost, changes in ratings by rating agencies, and other information indicating a deterioration in repayment 
capacity of either the underlying issuer or the borrowers providing repayment capacity in a securitization. If management’s evaluation 
indicates that a credit loss exists then a present value of the expected cash flows is calculated and compared to the amortized cost basis 
of the security in question and to the degree that the amortized cost basis exceeds the present value an allowance for credit loss 
(“ACL”) is established, with the caveat that the maximum amount of the reserve on any individual security is the difference between 
the fair value and amortized cost balance of the security in question. Any unrealized loss that has not been recorded through an ACL is 
recognized in other comprehensive income. 
 
The unrealized losses are due primarily to rising market yields and not due to credit deterioration.  As such, no ACL on available-for-
sale securities has been established as of December 31, 2024.   The Company does not intend to sell the securities and it is not likely 
that the Company will be required to sell the securities before the earlier of the forecasted recovery or the maturity of the underlying 
investment security.  
 
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2024, by contractual maturity or call date, are shown 
below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations 
with or without call or prepayment penalties. 
 
(dollars in thousands) 
Amortized 
Fair 
Cost 
Value 
Available-for-sale securities: 
   
  
Due in one year or less 
$ 
78,491 
$ 
75,072 
Due after one year through five years 
170,298  
162,708 
Due after five years through ten years 
194,945 
177,999 
Due after ten years 
  
116,409  
  
110,717 
$ 
560,143 
$ 
526,496 
 
 
 
 
 

 
F-18 
Debt securities have been classified in the financial statements as available for sale.  The amortized cost and estimated fair values of 
debt securities as of December 31, 2023 are as follows: 
 
(dollars in thousands) 
Amortized Cost 
Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 
Gross Unrealized 
Losses 
Fair Value 
Available-for-sale securities: 
   
   
   
 
 
U.S. agencies 
$ 
84,678  
$ 
11  
$ 
(4,430) 
$ 
80,259  
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
9,108   
0   
(444)  
 
8,664  
Municipalities 
345,981  
2,792  
(19,865) 
328,908  
SBA pools 
1,394   
3   
(2)  
 
1,395  
Corporate debt 
47,500  
9  
(3,992) 
43,517  
Asset backed securities 
56,613   
133   
(1,411)  
 
55,335  
$ 
545,274  
$ 
2,948  
$ 
(30,144) 
$ 
518,078  
 
 
The following tables detail the gross unrealized losses and fair values aggregated of debt securities by investment category and length 
of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2023. 
 
(dollars in thousands) 
Less than 12 months 
12 months or more 
Total 
Description of Securities 
Number of 
Securities  
Fair 
Value 
Unrealized 
Loss 
Fair 
Value 
Unrealized 
Loss 
Fair 
Value 
Unrealized 
Loss 
U.S. agencies 
51 $ 
190  $ 
(3) 
$ 
79,556  $ 
(4,427) $ 
79,746  $ 
(4,430) 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
6 
4,791  
(1) 
3,873  
(443) 
8,664  
(444) 
Municipalities 
106 
  
44,859  
  
(453) 
  
178,812   
(19,412)   
223,671  
  
(19,865) 
SBA pools 
4 
116  
0  
472  
(2) 
588  
(2) 
Corporate debt 
13 
  
0  
  
0  
  
41,508   
(3,992)   
41,508  
  
(3,992) 
Asset backed securities 
19 
2,123  
(8) 
32,535  
(1,403) 
34,658  
(1,411) 
Total temporarily impaired securities 
199  $ 
52,079  $ 
(465) 
$ 
336,756  $ 
(29,679) $ 
388,835  $ 
(30,144) 
 
 
The Company recognized gross realized gains of $8,000 and $13,000 during 2024 and 2023, respectively, on certain available-for-sale 
securities that were called. The Company sold eighteen available-for-sale securities in 2024 and recorded a corresponding gain on sale 
of $106,000, as compared to twenty-four available-for-sale securities sold in 2023 for a gain on sale of $143,000.   
 
Securities carried at $305,513,000 and $288,199,000 at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, were pledged to secure deposits of 
public funds. 
 
 
 
 
 

 
F-19 
NOTE 4 — LOANS 
 
The Company’s customers are primarily located in Stanislaus, San Joaquin, Tuolumne, Sacramento, Placer, Inyo, and Mono Counties. 
As of December 31, 2024, approximately 87% of the Company’s loans are commercial real estate loans which includes construction 
loans.  Approximately 7% of the Company’s loans are for general commercial uses including professional, retail, and small business. 
Additionally, 3% of the Company’s loans are for residential real estate and other consumer loans. The remaining 3% are agriculture 
loans.  
 
Loan totals were as follows: 
(in thousands) 
December 31, 2024 
December 31, 2023 
Commercial real estate: 
 
 
 
 
Construction & land 
$ 
17,812  
$ 
63,060  
Multi-family 
 
87,768   
54,045  
Owner occupied 
229,961  
210,407  
Non-owner occupied 
 
528,769   
470,052  
Farmland 
95,348  
96,188  
Commercial and industrial 
 
83,572   
65,218  
Consumer 
33,969  
31,687  
Agriculture 
 
29,336   
25,922  
Total loans 
1,106,535  
1,016,579  
Less: 
   
   
Deferred loan fees and costs, net 
(1,561) 
(1,406) 
Allowance for credit losses 
  
(11,460) 
  
(10,896) 
Net loans 
$ 
1,093,514  
$ 
1,004,277  
 
Loan Origination/Risk Management.  The Company has certain lending policies and procedures in place that are designed to 
maximize loan income within an acceptable level of risk. Management reviews and approves these policies and procedures on a 
regular basis. A reporting system supplements the review process by providing management with frequent reports related to loan 
production, loan quality, concentrations of credit, loan delinquencies and non-performing and potential problem loans. Diversification 
in the loan portfolio is a means of managing risk associated with fluctuations in economic conditions.  
Commercial and industrial loans are underwritten after evaluating and understanding the borrower’s ability to operate profitably and 
prudently expand its business. Underwriting standards are designed to promote relationship banking rather than transactional banking. 
Once it is determined that the borrower’s management possesses sound ethics and solid business acumen, the Company’s management 
examines current and projected cash flows to determine the ability of the borrower to repay their obligations as agreed. Commercial 
and industrial loans are primarily made based on the identified cash flows of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral 
provided by the borrower. The cash flows of borrowers, however, may not be as expected and the collateral securing these loans may 
fluctuate in value. Most commercial and industrial loans are secured by the assets being financed or other business assets such as 
accounts receivable or inventory and may incorporate a personal guarantee; however, some short-term loans may be made on an 
unsecured basis. In the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the availability of funds for the repayment of these loans may be 
substantially dependent on the ability of the borrower to collect amounts due from its customers.  
Commercial real estate loans are subject to underwriting standards and processes similar to commercial and industrial loans, in 
addition to those of real estate loans. These loans are viewed primarily as cash flow loans and secondarily as loans secured by real 
estate. Commercial real estate lending typically involves higher loan principal amounts and the repayment of these loans is generally 
largely dependent on the successful operation of the property securing the loan or the business conducted on the property securing the 
loan. Commercial real estate loans may be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy. 
The properties securing the Company’s commercial real estate portfolio are diverse in terms of type and geographic location. This 
diversity helps reduce the Company’s exposure to adverse economic events that affect any single market or industry. Management 
monitors and evaluates commercial real estate loans based on collateral, geography and risk grade criteria. As a general rule, the 
Company avoids financing single-purpose projects unless other underwriting factors are present to help mitigate risk.  The Company 

 
F-20 
also utilizes third-party experts to provide insight and guidance about economic conditions and trends affecting market areas it serves. 
In addition, management tracks the level of owner-occupied commercial real estate loans versus non-owner occupied loans.  At 
December 31, 2024 and 2023, approximately 34% and 35%, respectively, of the outstanding principal balance of the Company’s 
commercial real estate loans were secured by owner-occupied properties.  
With respect to loans to developers and builders that are secured by non-owner occupied properties that the Company may originate 
from time to time, the Company generally requires the borrower to have had an existing relationship with the Company and have a 
proven record of success. Construction loans are underwritten utilizing feasibility studies, independent appraisal reviews, sensitivity 
analysis of absorption and lease rates and financial analysis of the developers and property owners. Construction loans are generally 
based upon estimates of costs and value associated with the complete project. These estimates may be inaccurate. Significant events 
can affect the construction industry, including: the inherent volatility of real estate markets and vulnerability to delays due to weather, 
change orders, inability to obtain construction permits, labor or material shortages, and price changes.  Construction loans often 
involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment substantially dependent on the success of the ultimate project. Sources 
of repayment for these types of loans may be pre-committed permanent loans from approved long-term lenders, sales of developed 
property or an interim loan commitment from the Company until permanent financing is obtained. These loans are closely monitored 
by on-site inspections and are considered to have higher risks than other real estate loans due to their ultimate repayment being 
sensitive to interest rate changes, governmental regulation of real property, general economic conditions and the availability of long-
term financing.  
 
The Company originates consumer loans utilizing a computer-based credit scoring analysis to supplement the underwriting process. 
To monitor and manage consumer loan risk, policies and procedures are developed and modified, as needed, jointly by line and staff 
personnel. This activity, coupled with relatively small loan amounts that are spread across many individual borrowers, minimizes risk. 
Additionally, trend and outlook reports are reviewed by management on a regular basis. Underwriting standards for home equity loans 
follow bank policy, which include, but are not limited to, a maximum loan-to-value percentage of 80%, a maximum housing and total 
debt ratio of 36% and 42%, respectively and other specified credit and documentation requirements.   
 
Agricultural loans are secured by crop production and livestock are especially vulnerable to two risk factors that are largely outside the 
control of Company and borrowers: commodity prices and weather conditions.  Other environmental factors such as drought and 
availability of water also effect the production of crops.   
The Company maintains an independent loan review function that validates the credit risk program on a periodic basis. Results of 
these reviews are presented to management. The loan review process complements and reinforces the risk identification and 
assessment decisions made by lenders and credit personnel, as well as the Company’s policies and procedures.  
 
Non-Accrual and Past Due Loans. Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been 
received as of the date such payments were due. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when, in management’s opinion, the borrower 
may be unable to meet payment obligations as they become due, as well as when required by regulatory provisions. Loans may be 
placed on non-accrual status regardless of whether or not such loans are considered past due. When interest accrual is discontinued, all 
unpaid accrued interest is reversed. Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent cash payments are received in excess 
of principal due. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current 
and future payments are reasonably assured. 
 
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, there were no loans classified as non-accrual loans.  
 
 

 
F-21 
 
The following table analyzes past due loans, segregated by class of loans, as of December 31, 2024 (in thousands):  
December 31, 2024 
30-59 
Days 
Past Due 
60-89 
Days  
Past Due 
90 Days 
or More 
Past Due 
Total 
Past Due 
Current 
Total 
90 Days 
or More 
Past Due 
and Still 
Accruing 
Commercial real estate: 
Construction & land 
$ 
0  $ 
0  $ 
0  $ 
0  $ 
17,812  $ 
17,812  $ 
0  
Multi-family 
0  
0  
0  
0  
87,768  
87,768  
0  
Owner occupied 
  
0  
  
0  
  
0  
  
0  
  
229,961  
  
229,961  
  
0  
Non-owner occupied 
0  
0  
0  
0  
528,769  
528,769  
0  
Farmland 
  
0  
  
0  
  
0  
  
0  
  
95,348  
  
95,348  
  
0  
Commercial and industrial 
0  
0  
0  
0  
83,572  
83,572  
0  
Consumer 
  
0  
  
0  
  
0  
  
0  
  
33,969  
  
33,969  
  
0  
Agriculture 
0  
0  
0  
0  
29,336  
29,336  
0  
Total 
$ 
0  $ 
0  $ 
0  $ 
0  $ 1,106,535  $ 1,106,535  $ 
0  
 
 
The following table analyzes past due loans, segregated by class of loans, as of December 31, 2023 (in thousands): 
December 31, 2023 
30-59 
Days 
Past Due 
60-89 
Days  
Past Due 
90 Days 
or More 
Past Due 
Total 
Past Due 
Current 
Total 
90 Days 
or More 
Past Due 
and Still 
Accruing 
Commercial real estate: 
Construction & land 
$ 
0  $ 
0  $ 
0  $ 
0  $ 
63,060  $ 
63,060  $ 
0  
Multi-family 
0  
0  
0  
0  
54,045  
54,045  
0  
Owner occupied 
  
0  
  
0  
  
0  
  
0  
  
210,407  
  
210,407  
  
0  
Non-owner occupied 
0  
0  
0  
0  
470,052  
470,052  
0  
Farmland 
  
0  
  
0  
  
0  
  
0  
  
96,188  
  
96,188  
  
0  
Commercial and industrial 
0  
0  
0  
0  
65,218  
65,218  
0  
Consumer 
  
0  
  
0  
  
0  
  
0  
  
31,687  
  
31,687  
  
0  
Agriculture 
0  
0  
0  
0  
25,922  
25,922  
0  
Total 
$ 
0  $ 
0  $ 
0  $ 
0  $ 1,016,579  $ 1,016,579  $ 
0  
 
Collateral Dependent Loans.  Management’s evaluation as to the ultimate collectability of loans includes estimates regarding future 
cash flows from operations and the value of property, real and personal, pledged as collateral. These estimates are affected by 
changing economic conditions and the economic prospects of borrowers.  Prior to January 1, 2023, before CECL was adopted, 
collateral dependent loans are loans in which repayment is expected to be provided solely by the underlying collateral and there are no 
other available and reliable sources of repayment.  Under CECL, loans can be determined to be collateral dependent if foreclosure of 
the loan’s underlying collateral is probable or as a practical expedient if the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties and the 
repayment is expected to be provided substantially through the operation or sale of the collateral.  Loans are written down to the lower 
of cost or fair value of underlying collateral, less estimated costs to sell. The Company had no collateral dependent loans as of 
December 31, 2024 and 2023.   
 
Loan Modification Disclosures Pursuant to ASU 2022-02 - The Company may agree to different types of concessions when modifying 
a loan.  There were no loan modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty, including principal forgiveness, rate reductions, 
payment deferral or term extension, during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.   
 
Loan Risk Grades– Quality ratings (Risk Grades) are assigned to all commitments and stand-alone notes. Risk grades define the basic 
characteristics of commitments or stand-alone note in relation to their risk. All loans are graded using a system that maximizes the 
loan quality information contained in loan review grades, while ensuring that the system is compatible with the grades used by bank 
examiners. 
 

 
F-22 
The Company grades loans using the following letter system: 
 
1 Exceptional Loan 
2 Quality Loan 
3A Better Than Acceptable Loan 
3B Acceptable Loan 
3C Marginally Acceptable Loan 
4 (W) Watch Acceptable Loan 
5 Special Mention Loan 
6 Substandard Loan 
7 Doubtful Loan 
8 Loss 
 
1. Exceptional Loan - Loans with A+ credits that contain very little, if any, risk. Grade 1 loans are considered Pass.  To qualify for this 
rating, the following characteristics must be present: 
• 
A high level of liquidity and whose debt-servicing capacity exceeds expected obligations by a substantial margin. 
• 
Where leverage is below average for the industry and earnings are consistent or growing without severe vulnerability to 
economic cycles. 
• 
Also included in this rating (but not mandatory unless one or more of the preceding characteristics are missing) are loans 
that are fully secured and properly margined by our own time instruments or U.S. blue chip securities. To be properly 
margined, cash collateral must be equal to, or greater than, 110% of the loan amount. 
 
2. Quality Loan - Loans with excellent sources of repayment that conform in all respects to bank policy and regulatory requirements. 
These are also loans for which little repayment risk has been identified. No credit or collateral exceptions. Grade 2 loans are 
considered Pass.  Other factors include: 
• 
Unquestionable debt-servicing capacity to cover all obligations in the ordinary course of business from well-defined 
primary and secondary sources. 
• 
Consistent strong earnings. 
• 
A solid equity base. 
 
3A. Better than Acceptable Loan - In the interest of better delineating the loan portfolio’s true credit risk for reserve allocation, further 
granularity has been sought by splitting the grade 3 category into three classifications. The distinction between the three are bank-
defined guidelines and represent a further refinement of the regulatory definition of a pass, or grade 3 loan. Grade 3A is characterized 
by: 
• 
Strong earnings with no loss in last three years and ample cash flow to service all debt well above policy guidelines. 
• 
Long term experienced management with depth and defined management succession. 
• 
The loan has no exceptions to policy. 
• 
Loan-to-value on real estate secured transactions is 10% to 20% less than policy guidelines. 
• 
Very liquid balance sheet that may have cash available to pay off our loan completely. 
• 
Little to no debt on balance sheet. 
 
3B. Acceptable Loan - 3B loans are simply defined as all loans that are less qualified than 3A loans and are stronger than 3C loans. 
These loans are characterized by acceptable sources of repayment that conform to bank policy and regulatory requirements. 
Repayment risks are acceptable for these loans. Credit or collateral exceptions are minimal, are in the process of correction, and do not 
represent repayment risk. These loans: 
• 
Are those where the borrower has average financial strengths, a history of profitable operations and experienced 
management. 
• 
Are those where the borrower can be expected to handle normal credit needs in a satisfactory manner. 
 
3C. Marginally Acceptable Loan - 3C loans have similar characteristics as that of 3Bs with the following additional characteristics: 
• 
Requires collateral.  
• 
A credit facility where the borrower has average financial strengths, but usually lacks reliable secondary sources of 
repayment other than the subject collateral.   
• 
Other common characteristics can include some or all of the following: minimal background experience of 
management, lacking continuity of management, a start-up operation, erratic historical profitability (acceptable 
reasons-well identified), lack of or marginal sponsorship of guarantor, and government guaranteed loans. 
 
4(W). Watch Acceptable Loan - Watch grade will be assigned to any credit that is adequately secured and performing but monitored 

 
F-23 
for a number of indicators. These characteristics may include:  
 
• 
Any unexpected short-term adverse financial performance from budgeted projections or a prior period’s results (i.e., 
declining profits, sales, margins, cash flow, or increased reliance on leverage, including adverse balance sheet ratios, 
trade debt issues, etc.). 
• 
Any managerial or personal problems with company management, decline in the entire industry or local economic 
conditions, or failure to provide financial information or other documentation as requested. 
• 
Issues regarding delinquency, overdrafts, or renewals. 
• 
Any other issues that cause concern for the company. 
• 
Loans to individuals or loans supported by guarantors with marginal net worth and/or marginal collateral. 
• 
Weaknesses that are identified are short-term in nature.   
• 
Loans in this category are usually accounts the Bank would want to retain providing a positive turnaround can be 
expected within a reasonable time frame.  Grade 4(W) loans are considered Pass.   
 
5. Special Mention Loan - A special mention extension of credit is defined as having potential weaknesses that deserve management’s 
close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may, at some future date result in the deterioration of the repayment 
prospects for the credit or the institution’s credit position. Extensions of credit that might be detailed in this category include the 
following: 
• 
The lending officer may be unable to properly supervise the credit because of an inadequate loan or credit agreement. 
• 
Questions exist regarding the condition of and/or control over collateral. 
• 
Economic or market conditions may unfavorably affect the obligor in the future. 
• 
A declining trend in the obligor’s operations or an imbalanced position in the balance sheet exists, but not to the point 
that repayment is jeopardized. 
 
6. Substandard Loan - A “substandard” extension of credit is inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity 
of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Extensions of credit so classified must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses 
that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the 
deficiencies are not corrected. Loss potential, while existing in the aggregate amount of substandard credits, does not have to exist in 
individual extensions of credit classified as substandard. 
 
7. Doubtful Loan - An extension of credit classified as “doubtful” has all the weaknesses inherent in one classified substandard, with 
the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, 
and values, highly questionable and improbable. The possibility of loss is extremely high but because of certain important and 
reasonably specific pending factors that may work to the advantage of and strengthen the credit, its classification as an estimated loss 
is deferred until its more exact status may be determined. Pending factors may include a proposed merger or acquisition, liquidation 
proceedings, capital injection, perfecting liens on additional collateral or refinancing plans. The entire loan need not be classified as 
doubtful when collection of a specific portion appears highly probable. An example of proper use of the doubtful category is the case 
of a company being liquidated, with the trustee-in-bankruptcy indicating a minimum disbursement of 40 percent and a maximum of 65 
percent to unsecured creditors, including the Bank. In this situation, estimates are based on liquidation value appraisals with actual 
values yet to be realized.  By definition, the only portion of the credit that is doubtful is the 25 percent difference between 40 and 65 
percent. 
 
A proper classification of such a credit would show 40 percent substandard, 25 percent doubtful, and 35 percent loss. A credit 
classified as doubtful should be resolved within a ‘reasonable’ period of time. Reasonable is generally defined as the period between 
examinations. In other words, a credit classified as doubtful at an examination should be cleared up before the next exam. However, 
there may be situations that warrant continuation of the doubtful classification a while longer. 
 
8. Loss - Extensions of credit classified as “loss” are considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as 
bankable assets is not warranted. This classification does not mean that the credit has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but 
rather that it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off, even though partial recovery may be affected in the future. It should not 
be the Company’s practice to attempt long-term recoveries while the credit remains on the books. Losses should be taken in the period 
in which they surface as uncollectible. 
 
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, there are no loans that are classified with risk grades of 8- Loss.  The risk grades are reviewed 
every month, at a minimum and on an as-needed basis depending on the specific circumstances of the loan.  
 

 
F-24 
The following table summarizes loan risk grade totals by class and year of origination as of December 31, 2024.  Risk grades 1 
through 4(W) have been aggregated in the “Pass” line.   
 
As of December 31, 2024 
(in thousands) 
Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year 
Risk Grade Ratings 
2024 
2023 
2022 
2021 
2020 
Prior 
Revolving 
Loans 
Total 
Commercial real estate - construction & land 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Pass 
$ 
8,228 $ 
3,828 $ 
3,287 $ 
923 $ 
0 $ 
1,546 $ 
0 $ 
17,812 
Total commercial real estate - construction & land   
8,228   
3,828   
3,287   
923   
0   
1,546   
0   
17,812 
Commercial real estate - multi-family 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Pass 
28,222 
4,706 
13,827 
7,682 
3,352 
29,979 
0 
87,768 
Total commercial real estate - multi-family 
  
28,222   
4,706   
13,827   
7,682   
3,352   
29,979   
0   
87,768 
Commercial real estate - owner occupied 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Pass 
28,828 
9,762 
48,427 
46,107 
23,390 
63,747 
198 
220,459 
Special mention 
  
0   
0   
0   
7,398   
0   
278   
0   
7,676 
Substandard 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
1,826 
0 
1,826 
Total commercial real estate - owner occupied 
  
28,828   
9,762   
48,427   
53,505   
23,390   
65,851   
198   
229,961 
Commercial real estate - non-owner occupied 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Pass 
39,520 
103,156 
90,702 
78,029 
38,928 
170,059 
1,670 
522,064 
Special mention 
  
0   
0   
0   
0   
0   
6,705   
0   
6,705 
Total commercial real estate - non-owner occupied 
39,520 
103,156 
90,702 
78,029 
38,928 
176,764 
1,670 
528,769 
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Commercial real estate - Farmland 
Pass 
  
7,853   
12,925   
10,050   
16,706   
12,165   
27,888   
0   
87,587 
Special mention 
0 
0 
0 
0 
2,301 
5,460 
0 
7,761 
Total commercial real estate - farmland 
  
7,853   
12,925   
10,050   
16,706   
14,466   
33,348   
0   
95,348 
Commercial and Industrial 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Pass 
25,781 
11,200 
9,055 
6,779 
3,032 
4,221 
23,343 
83,411 
Substandard 
  
0   
0   
111   
0   
0   
50   
0   
161 
Total commercial and industrial 
25,781 
11,200 
9,166 
6,779 
3,032 
4,271 
23,343 
83,572 
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Consumer 
Pass 
  
4,190   
1,050   
4,782   
3,516   
2,088   
8,723   
9,576   
33,925 
Substandard 
3 
0 
0 
0 
0 
41 
0 
44 
Total consumer 
  
4,193   
1,050   
4,782   
3,516   
2,088   
8,764   
9,576   
33,969 
Agriculture 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Pass 
28 
1,859 
1,009 
1,271 
0 
467 
17,936 
22,570 
Special mention 
  
0   
1,570   
0   
0   
0   
0   
5,196   
6,766 
Total agriculture 
28 
3,429 
1,009 
1,271 
0 
467 
23,132 
29,336 
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Total by Risk Category 
Pass 
  142,650   148,486   181,139   161,013   
82,955   306,630   
52,723   
1,075,596 
Special mention 
0 
1,570 
0 
7,398 
2,301 
12,443 
5,196 
28,908 
Substandard 
  
3   
0   
111   
0   
0   
1,917   
0   
2,031 
Total 
$ 142,653 $ 150,056 $ 181,250 $ 168,411 $ 
85,256 $ 320,990 $ 
57,919 $ 1,106,535 
 
 

 
F-25 
The following table summarizes loan risk grade totals by class and year of origination as of December 31, 2023.  Risk grades 1 
through 4(W) have been aggregated in the “Pass” line.   
 
As of December 31, 2023 
(in thousands) 
Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year 
Risk Grade Ratings 
2023 
2022 
2021 
2020 
2019 
Prior 
Revolving 
Loans 
Total 
Commercial real estate - Construction & land 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Pass 
$ 
16,237 $ 
42,670 $ 
1,259 $ 
0 $ 
1,244 $ 
1,650 $ 
0 $ 
63,060 
Total commercial real estate - construction & land   
16,237   
42,670   
1,259   
0   
1,244   
1,650   
0   
63,060 
Commercial real estate - Multi-family 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Pass 
3,803 
6,976 
8,711 
3,473 
6,780 
24,302 
0 
54,045 
Total commercial real estate - multi-family 
  
3,803   
6,976   
8,711   
3,473   
6,780   
24,302   
0   
54,045 
Commercial real estate - owner occupied 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Pass 
10,031 
40,666 
48,377 
25,642 
14,341 
57,971 
251 
197,279 
Special mention 
  
0   
0   
7,683   
0   
0   
289   
530   
8,502 
Substandard 
0 
0 
0 
0 
4,626 
0 
0 
4,626 
Total commercial real estate - owner occupied 
  
10,031   
40,666   
56,060   
25,642   
18,967   
58,260   
781   
210,407 
Commercial real estate - non-owner occupied 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Pass 
78,417 
71,236 
81,386 
43,531 
44,413 
145,073 
1,879 
465,935 
Special mention 
  
0   
0   
0   
0   
0   
4,117   
0   
4,117 
Total commercial real estate - non-owner occupied 
78,417 
71,236 
81,386 
43,531 
44,413 
149,190 
1,879 
470,052 
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Commercial real estate - Farmland 
Pass 
  
14,377   
10,393   
1,667   
15,392   
6,551   
31,610   
15,717   
95,707 
Special mention 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
481 
0 
481 
Total commercial real estate - farmland 
  
14,377   
10,393   
1,667   
15,392   
6,551   
32,091   
15,717   
96,188 
Commercial and Industrial 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Pass 
10,967 
11,268 
9,608 
6,018 
4,384 
2,239 
20,502 
64,986 
Special mention 
  
0   
0   
0   
139   
0   
6   
0   
145 
Substandard 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
87 
0 
87 
Total commercial and industrial 
  
10,967   
11,268   
9,608   
6,157   
4,384   
2,332   
20,502   
65,218 
Consumer 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Pass 
1,234 
5,042 
4,104 
2,213 
2,074 
7,555 
8,529 
30,751 
Special mention 
  
0   
0   
0   
0   
0   
0   
890   
890 
Substandard 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
46 
0 
46 
Total consumer 
  
1,234   
5,042   
4,104   
2,213   
2,074   
7,601   
9,419   
31,687 
Agriculture 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Pass 
3,032 
1,707 
1,309 
0 
214 
488 
18,984 
25,734 
Special mention 
  
0   
0   
0   
0   
0   
0   
188   
188 
Total agriculture 
3,032 
1,707 
1,309 
0 
214 
488 
19,172 
25,922 
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Total by Risk Category 
Pass 
  138,098   189,958   156,421   
96,269   
80,001   270,888   
65,862   
997,497 
Special mention 
0 
0 
7,683 
139 
0 
4,893 
1,608 
14,323 
Substandard 
  
0   
0   
0   
0   
4,626   
133   
0   
4,759 
Total 
$ 138,098 $ 189,958 $ 164,104 $ 
96,408 $ 
84,627 $ 275,914 $ 
67,470 $ 1,016,579 
 
 
 

 
F-26 
The following table details activity in the ACL by portfolio segment for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. Allocation of a 
portion of the allowance to one category of loans does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in other categories. 
 
Allowance for Credit Losses 
For the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 
(in thousands) 
Year Ended December 31, 2024 
CRE 
Construction 
& Land 
CRE 
Multi-
family 
CRE 
Owner 
occupied 
CRE 
Non-
owner 
occupied 
CRE 
Farmland 
Commercial 
and 
Industrial 
Consumer 
Agriculture 
Total 
Beginning balance 
 
$ 
1,227 $ 
667 $ 
1,805 $ 
4,805 $ 
1,468 $ 
650 $ 
227 $ 
47 $ 
10,896 
Charge-offs 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
(62) 
0 
(62) 
Recoveries 
  
  
2,230   
0   
0   
0   
0   
0   
16   
0   
2,246 
(Reversal of) provision for credit losses 
(3,199) 
70 
(302) 
1,596 
197 
(5)   
(6) 
29 
(1,620) 
Ending balance 
 
$ 
258 $ 
737 $ 
1,503 $ 
6,401 $ 
1,665 $ 
645 $ 
175 $ 
76 $ 
11,460 
Year Ended December 31, 2023 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Beginning balance 
$ 
1,055 $ 
479 $ 
1,798 $ 
4,211 $ 
830 $ 
612 $ 
311 $ 
172 $ 
9,468 
CECL day-one adjustments 
  
  
338   
23   
103   
25   
12   
102   
(120)   
(137)   
346 
Charge-offs 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
(12) 
(40) 
0 
(52) 
Recoveries 
  
  
139   
0   
0   
0   
0   
12   
13   
0   
164 
(Reversal of) provision for credit losses 
(305) 
165 
(96) 
569 
626 
(64) 
63 
12 
970 
Ending balance 
 
$ 
1,227 $ 
667 $ 
1,805 $ 
4,805 $ 
1,468 $ 
650 $ 
227 $ 
47 $ 
10,896 
 
The following table details the allowance for credit losses and ending gross loan balances as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, 
summarized by collective and individual evaluation methods of impairment. 
 
(in thousands) 
December 31, 2024 
CRE 
Construction 
& Land 
CRE 
Multi-
family 
CRE 
Owner 
occupied 
CRE 
Non-owner 
occupied 
CRE 
Farmland 
Commercial 
and 
Industrial 
Consumer 
Agriculture 
Total 
Allowance for credit losses for loans: 
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
  
    
Individually evaluated for impairment $
0 $
0 $
0 $
0 $
0 $
0 $
0 $
0 $ 
0
Collectively evaluated for impairment 
258  
737  
1,503  
6,401  
1,665  
645  
175  
76   
11,460 
$
258 $
737 $
1,503 $
6,401 $
1,665 $
645 $
175 $
76 $ 
11,460 
 
 
 
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
    
Ending gross loan balances: 
Individually evaluated for impairment $
0 $
0 $
0 $
0 $
0 $
0 $
0 $
0 $ 
0
Collectively evaluated for impairment 
17,812 
87,768 
229,961 
528,769 
95,348 
83,572 
33,969 
29,336 
1,106,535 
 
 
$
17,812 $
87,768 $
229,961 $
528,769 $
95,348 $
83,572 $
33,969 $
29,336 $ 1,106,535 
December 31, 2023 
 
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
Allowance for credit losses for loans: 
Individually evaluated for impairment $
0 $
0 $
0 $
0 $
0 $
0 $
0 $
0 $ 
0
Collectively evaluated for impairment 
1,227 
667 
1,805 
4,805 
1,468 
650 
227 
47 
10,896 
 
 
$
1,227 $
667 $
1,805 $
4,805 $
1,468 $
650 $
227 $
47 $ 
10,896 
Ending gross loan balances: 
 
 
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
    
Individually evaluated for impairment $
0 $
0 $
0 $
0 $
0 $
0 $
0 $
0 $ 
0
Collectively evaluated for impairment 
63,060  
54,045  
210,407  
470,052  
96,188  
65,218  
31,687  
25,922   1,016,579 
$
63,060 $
54,045 $
210,407 $
470,052 $
96,188 $
65,218 $
31,687 $
25,922 $ 1,016,579 
 

 
F-27 
The following table presents gross charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2024 by portfolio class and origination year (dollars in 
thousands): 
 
Year ended December 31, 2024 
(in thousands) 
Term Loans Charged-off by Origination Year 
Chargeoffs 
2024 
2023 
2022 
2021 
2020 
Prior 
Revolving 
Loans 
Total 
Commercial real estate: 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Construction & land 
$ 
0
$
0 
$
0 
$
0 
$
0
$
0
$
0
$
0 
Multi-family 
  
0
 
0 
 
0 
 
0 
 
0
 
0
 
0
 
0 
Owner occupied 
0
0 
0 
0 
0
0
0
0 
Non-owner occupied 
  
0
 
0 
 
0 
 
0 
 
0
 
0
 
0
 
0 
Farmland 
0
0 
0 
0 
0
0
0
0 
Commercial and industrial 
  
0
 
0 
 
0 
 
0 
 
0
 
0
 
0
 
0 
Consumer 
0
0 
0 
0 
0
0
62
62 
Agriculture 
  
0
 
0 
 
0 
 
0 
 
0
 
0
 
0
 
0 
Total 
$ 
0
$
0 
$
0 
$
0 
$
0
$
0
$
62
$
62 
 
 
 
The following table presents gross charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2023 by portfolio class and origination year (dollars in 
thousands): 
 
Year ended December 31, 2023 
(in thousands) 
Term Loans Charged-off by Origination Year 
Chargeoffs 
2023 
2022 
2021 
2020 
2019 
Prior 
Revolving 
Loans 
Total 
Commercial real estate: 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Construction & land 
$ 
0
$
0 
$
0 
$
0 
$
0
$
0
$
0
$
0 
Multi-family 
  
0
 
0 
 
0 
 
0 
 
0
 
0
 
0
 
0 
Owner occupied 
0
0 
0 
0 
0
0
0
0 
Non-owner occupied 
  
0
 
0 
 
0 
 
0 
 
0
 
0
 
0
 
0 
Farmland 
0
0 
0 
0 
0
0
0
0 
Commercial and industrial 
  
0
 
0 
 
12 
 
0 
 
0
 
0
 
0
 
12 
Consumer 
0
0 
0 
0 
0
0
40
40 
Agriculture 
  
0
 
0 
 
0 
 
0 
 
0
 
0
 
0
 
0 
Total 
$ 
0
$
0 
$
12 
$
0 
$
0
$
0
$
40
$
52 
 
 
Changes in the allowance for undisbursed loan commitments were as follows: 
 
 
(in thousands) 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
 
 
2024 
 
2023 
 
Balance, beginning of year 
$ 
609 
$ 
546  
CECL day-one adjustment 
0 
547 
(Reversal of) provision charged to operations for off balance sheet 
(263) 
(484) 
Balance, end of year 
$ 
346 
$ 
609  
 
 
 

 
F-28 
The method for calculating the allowance for unfunded loan commitments is based on applying an estimated funding rate to the 
unfunded loan commitment balance to determine a projected cashflow schedule.  Then the quantitative loan loss rate from each loan 
pool, as calculated in the DCF model described above, is used to calculate the allowance for unfunded loan commitments which is 
recorded included in interest payable and other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. 
 
At December 31, 2024 and 2023, loans carried at $1,106,535,000 and $1,016,579,000, respectively, were pledged as collateral on 
advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank. 
 
 
 
NOTE 5 — PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT 
 
Major classifications of premises and equipment are summarized as follows: 
 
(in thousands) 
 
DECEMBER 31, 
 
 
2024 
 
2023 
 
Land 
$ 
5,195  
$ 
5,195  
Building 
10,967  
10,874  
Leasehold improvements 
5,465  
5,417  
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment 
5,382  
5,087  
Branch construction work-in-process 
2,641 
1,494
29,650  
28,067  
  
 
Less accumulated depreciation 
(13,331)  
(12,202)  
$ 
16,319  
$ 
15,865  
 
 
Depreciation expense was $1,325,000 and $1,329,000 for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. 
 
 
 
NOTE 6 — INTEREST RECEIVABLE AND OTHER ASSETS 
 
Interest receivable and other assets are summarized as follows: 
 
(in thousands) 
 
DECEMBER 31, 
 
 
2024 
 
2023 
 
Restricted equity securities 
$ 
6,285  
$ 
5,956  
Interest income receivable on loans 
3,268 
2,866 
Interest income receivable on investments 
5,291  
5,520 
Investments in limited partnerships 
12,417  
13,684 
Lease right of use asset 
6,663 
6,853  
Prepaid expenses and other 
1,982 
1,397 
$ 
35,906 
$ 
36,276  
 
 
 
 
 

 
F-29 
NOTE 7 — DEPOSITS 
 
Deposit totals were as follows: 
 
 
DECEMBER 31, 
(in thousands) 
2024 
 
2023 
 
 
Demand 
 
$ 
1,101,755  
$ 
1,099,830 
Money market deposit accounts 
381,005 
 
363,386 
Savings 
 
121,535  
131,796 
Time deposits $250,000 and under 
53,803 
 
33,399 
Time deposits over $250,000 
 
37,592  
22,123 
Total deposits 
 
$ 
1,695,690 
 $ 
1,650,534 
 
 
Time deposits issued and their remaining maturities at December 31, 2024, are as follows (in thousands): 
 
Year ending December 31, 
 
 
 
2025 
$ 
88,814  
2026 
2,015  
2027 
452  
2028 
1  
2029 
113
 
$ 
91,395  
 
 
 
NOTE 8 — FHLB ADVANCES 
 
At December 31, 2024, the Company had no outstanding advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”). Unused and 
available advances totaled $364,379,000 at December 31, 2024.  Loans carried at $1,106,535,000 as of December 31, 2024, were 
pledged as collateral on advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank. 
 
At December 31, 2023, the Company had no outstanding advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”). Unused and 
available advances totaled $333,083,000 at December 31, 2023.  Loans carried at $1,016,579,000 as of December 31, 2023, were 
pledged as collateral on advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank. 
 
 
 
 
 

 
F-30 
NOTE 9 — INTEREST ON DEPOSITS 
 
Interest on deposits was comprised of the following: 
  
 
DECEMBER 31, 
 
 
2024 
 
2023 
 
 
 
 
Savings and other deposits 
  
$ 
10,205 
  
$ 
4,266 
Time deposits over $250,000  
 
966 
222 
Other time deposits 
  
1,690 
  
375 
Total deposits 
$ 
12,861 
$ 
4,863 
 
 
 
NOTE 10 — INCOME TAXES 
 
The provision for income taxes consists of the following: 
 
(in thousands) 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
2024 
2023 
Current 
Federal 
$ 
4,443 
 
$ 
6,215  
State 
3,148 
 
4,213  
  
  
7,591 
 
  
10,428  
Deferred 
 
 
Federal 
  
(152) 
 
  
(739) 
State 
(195) 
 
(231) 
  
  
(347) 
 
  
(970) 
 
  
$ 
7,244 
  
$ 
9,458  
 
 
 
 

 
F-31 
The components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities (included in accrued interest and other assets on the consolidated balance 
sheets), is shown below: 
 
(in thousands) 
 DECEMBER 31,  
2024 
2023 
Deferred tax assets: 
  
  
  
  
  
Allowance for credit losses 
$ 
3,388 
$ 
           3,221  
Restricted stock expense 
  
169  
  
  
              106  
Accrued vacation 
134  
              167  
Accrued salary continuation liability 
  
1,855  
  
  
           1,717  
Deferred compensation 
78  
                77  
Core deposit intangible 
  
99  
  
  
                95  
Merger Costs 
47  
                55  
Reserve for undisbursed commitments 
  
102  
  
  
              180  
Operating lease liability 
 
2,073  
 
 
0 
State income tax 
638  
              885  
Unrealized loss on equity securities 
  
231  
  
  
                  0  
Accumulated depreciation 
156  
                50  
Unrealized loss on securities available for sale 
  
9,949  
  
  
           8,040  
$ 
18,919  
$ 
         14,593  
Deferred tax liabilities: 
 
Prepaid expenses 
  
(134) 
  
  
               (92) 
FHLB dividends 
(144) 
             (144) 
Operating lease right-of-use asset 
(1,970) 
 
 
0 
Accrued bonus 
0  
                 (6) 
Deferred loan costs 
  
(334) 
  
  
             (347) 
Goodwill Amortization 
(588) 
             (522) 
Limited partner investment in small business equity fund 
(248) 
  
             (235) 
$ 
(3,418) 
$ 
          (1,346) 
  
  
 
  
  
  
Net deferred income tax asset 
$ 
15,501 
$ 
         13,247 
 
 
Management has assessed the realizability of deferred tax assets and believes it is more likely than not that all deferred tax assets will be realized in 
the normal course of operations. Accordingly, these assets have not been reduced by a valuation allowance. 
 
The Company periodically reviews its income tax positions based on tax laws and regulations and financial reporting considerations, and records 
adjustments as appropriate. This review takes into consideration the status of current taxing authorities’ examinations of the Company’s tax returns, 
recent positions taken by the taxing authorities on similar transactions. 
 
The Company had no liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2024 and 2023. 
 
The effective tax rate for 2024 and 2023 differs from the current Federal statutory income tax rate as follows: 
 
 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
2024 
2023 
Federal statutory income tax rate 
21.0% 
  
21.0% 
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit 
8.6% 
8.6% 
Tax exempt interest on municipal securities and loans 
-5.0% 
  
-5.0% 
Other 
-2.1% 
  
-1.1% 
Effective tax rate 
22.5% 
  
23.5% 
 

 
F-32 
Oak Valley Bancorp files a consolidated return in the U.S. Federal tax jurisdiction and a combined report in the State of California tax 
jurisdiction.  None of the entities are subject to examination by taxing authorities for years before 2021 for U.S. federal or for years before 2020 for 
California. 
 
 
 
NOTE 11 — STOCK OPTION PLAN 
 
The Company currently has one equity based incentive plan, the Oak Valley Bancorp 2018 Stock Plan. The 2018 Stock Plan provides 
for awards in the form of incentive stocks, non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights and restrictive stocks.  Under the 
2018 Plan, the Company is authorized to issue 607,500 shares of its common stock to key employees and directors as incentive and 
non-qualified stock options, respectively, at a price equal to the fair value on the date of grant. The Plan provides that the options are 
exercisable in equal increments over a five-year period from the date of grant or over any other schedule approved by the Board of 
Directors. All incentive stock options expire no later than ten years from the date of grant.  As of December 31, 2024, 392,880 shares 
were available to be issued under the 2018 Stock Plan pursuant to new grants. 
 
A summary of the status of the Company’s restricted stock and changes during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 are 
presented below. 
 
  
DECEMBER 31, 2024 
 
DECEMBER 31, 2023 
Shares 
 
 
Weighted 
Average Grant 
Date 
Fair Value 
 
Shares 
 
Weighted 
Average Grant 
Date Fair 
Value 
Unvested at beginning of year 
92,991 
$
21.96 
 
82,023
$
18.43
Issued 
72,269 
$
24.31 
 
43,446
$
26.46
Vested 
(30,603 ) 
$
20.55 
 
(32,178) 
$
19.08
Forfeited 
(1,950 ) 
$
22.75 
 
(300) 
$
17.85
Unvested at end of year 
132,707  
$
23.40 
 
92,991
$
21.96
 
 
The Company issued 72,269 shares of restricted stock in 2024 with a weighted average fair value of $24.31 per share.  For the year 
ended December 31, 2024, total compensation expense recorded in the consolidated statements of income related to restricted stock 
awards was $844,000, with an offsetting tax benefit of $249,000, as this expense is deductible for income tax purposes.  The Company 
recorded a tax benefit of $45,000 to income tax expense to adjust for the full tax deduction of the vested restricted stock, which is 
equal to the fair value on the vesting date, as the tax benefit from the restricted stock expense is based on the grant date fair value.  As 
of December 31, 2024, there was $2,516,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock awards which is 
expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.60 years.  During 2024, shares of restricted stock awards totaling 
30,603 with a fair value of $782,000, based on the vested date of each award, were vested and became unrestricted. 
 
 
The Company issued 43,446 shares of restricted stock in 2023 with a weighted average fair value of $26.46 per share.  For the year 
ended December 31, 2023, total compensation expense recorded in the consolidated statements of income related to restricted stock 
awards was $533,000, with an offsetting tax benefit of $158,000, as this expense is deductible for income tax purposes.  The Company 
recorded a tax benefit of $73,000 to income tax expense to adjust for the full tax deduction of the vested restricted stock, which is 
equal to the fair value on the vesting date, as the tax benefit from the restricted stock expense is based on the grant date fair value.  As 
of December 31, 2023, there was $1,647,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock awards which is 
expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.67 years.  During 2023, shares of restricted stock awards totaling 
32,178 with a fair value of $861,000, based on the vested date of each award, were vested and became unrestricted. 
 
 
 

 
F-33 
NOTE 12 — EARNINGS PER SHARE 
 
EPS are based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each year. The following table shows: (1) 
weighted average basic shares, (2) effect of dilutive securities related to stock options and non-vested restricted stock, and (3) 
weighted average diluted shares. Basic EPS are calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares 
outstanding during each period, excluding dilutive stock options and unvested restricted stock awards. Diluted EPS are calculated 
using the weighted average diluted shares. The total dilutive shares included in annual diluted EPS is a year-to-date weighted average 
of the total dilutive shares included in each quarterly diluted EPS computation under the treasury stock method. We have two forms of 
outstanding common stock: common stock and unvested restricted stock awards. Holders of restricted stock awards receive non-
forfeitable dividends at the same rate as common stockholders and they both share equally in undistributed earnings.  Therefore, under 
the two-class method the difference in EPS is not significant for these participating securities. 
 
The Company’s calculation of EPS including basic EPS, which does not consider the effect of common stock equivalents and diluted 
EPS, which considers all dilutive common stock equivalents is as follows:  
 
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2024 
 
 
 
 Weighted Avg  
 
 
(dollars in thousands) 
 
Income 
 
Shares 
 
Per-Share 
 
 
(Numerator) 
 (Denominator)  
Amount 
 
Basic EPS: 
 
  
  
Net income 
$
24,948 
8,218,846 
 $
3.04  
 
 
 
  
Effect of dilutive securities: 
 
 
 
 
  
Non-vested restricted stock 
— 
40,011 
 
Total dilutive shares 
 
40,011 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Diluted EPS: 
 
 
 
 
  
Net income per diluted share 
$
24,948 
8,258,857 
 $
3.02  
 
 
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2023 
 
 
 
 Weighted Avg  
 
 
(dollars in thousands) 
 
Income 
 
Shares 
 
Per-Share 
 
 
(Numerator) 
 (Denominator)  
Amount 
 
Basic EPS: 
 
  
  
Net income 
$
30,848 
8,193,874 
 $
3.76  
 
 
 
  
Effect of dilutive securities: 
 
 
 
 
  
Non-vested restricted stock 
— 
37,018 
 
Total dilutive shares 
 
37,018 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Diluted EPS: 
 
 
 
 
  
Net income per diluted share 
$
30,848 
8,230,892 
 $
3.75  
 
 
 
NOTE 13 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES 
 
The Company is obligated for rental payments under certain operating lease agreements, some of which contain renewal options and 
escalation clauses that provide for increased rentals. Total rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, was 
$1,542,000 and $1,523,000, respectively. 
 
We have historically entered into a number of lease arrangements under which we are the lessee.  Most of our office leases include 
one or more optional renewal periods.  The Company has not elected the hindsight practical expedient and therefore potential 
payments related to future lease renewal options are not reflected in the ROU asset and lease liability.  Generally, all of the lease 
contracts have annual rent payment increases, some of which are based on the Consumer Price Index and others are fixed increases 
that are set forth within the contracts. The majority of our lease contracts are gross leases, in which a single monthly payment includes 
the lessor’s property and casualty insurance costs, property taxes, and common area maintenance associated with the property.  
 

 
F-34 
The Company determined the operating lease liability for new lease agreements and renewal options in 2024 and 2023 by calculating 
the present value of future cash payments, excluding any future renewal options as it was not reasonably certain that they will be 
exercised.  A discount rate was applied to the cash obligation schedule to calculate the present value of the operating lease liability.  
The discount rate was based on our incremental borrowing rate through our line of credit with the FHLB, for the borrowing term that 
was equal to the term of each lease.  As of December 31, 2024, the weighted average remaining term of the lease contracts was 6.6 
years, and the weighted average discount rate used to calculate the present value of the operating lease liability was 3.24%. As of 
December 31, 2023, the weighted average remaining term of the lease contracts was 7.5 years, and the weighted average discount rate 
used to calculate the present value of the operating lease liability was 2.94%.  The operating lease liability totaled $7,013,000 and 
$7,159,000 as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and is included in interest payable and other liabilities in the consolidated 
balance sheet.  The ROU asset totaled $6,663,000 and $6,853,000 as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, is recorded in 
interest receivable and other assets on the consolidated balance sheet. 
 
 
At December 31, 2024, the future minimum commitments under these operating leases are as follows (in thousands): 
 
 
Year ending December 31, 
 
 
 
2025 
$ 
1,490  
2026 
1,267  
2027 
1,113  
2028 
1,084  
2029 
931  
Thereafter 
2,110  
$ 
7,995  
Reconciling items: 
 
Present value discount 
(982) 
Present value of lease liabilities 
$ 
7,013 
 
The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing 
needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit in the form of loans or through standby 
letters of credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest-rate risk in excess of the amount 
recognized in the balance sheet. The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in 
particular classes of financial instruments. 
 
The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments 
to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the 
same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. 
 
 
 

 
F-35 
Financial instruments at December 31, 2024 whose contract amounts represent credit risk: 
 
 
Contract 
 
(in thousands) 
 
Amount 
 
 
Undisbursed loan commitments 
$ 
161,674  
Checking reserve 
1,136  
Equity lines 
18,789  
Standby letters of credit 
4,176  
$ 
185,775  
 
 
Commitments to extend credit, including undisbursed loan commitments and equity lines, are agreements to lend to a customer as 
long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other 
termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn 
upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s 
creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of 
credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, 
plant, equipment and income-producing commercial properties. 
 
Checking reserves are lines of credit associated consumer deposit accounts that meet qualification standards for extension of credit if 
the deposit account were to become overdraft.   
 
Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third 
party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to 
customers. 
 
 
 
NOTE 14 — FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS 
 
Fair values of financial instruments — The consolidated financial statements include various estimated fair value information as of 
December 31, 2024 and 2023. Such information, which pertains to the Company’s financial instruments, does not purport to represent 
the aggregate net fair value of the Company. Further, the fair value estimates are based on various assumptions, methodologies, and 
subjective considerations, which vary widely among different financial institutions and which are subject to change.  
 
We determine the fair values of our financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy established under applicable accounting 
guidance which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when 
measuring fair value:  
 
Level 1:  Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets. 
Level 2:  Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets and inputs that 
are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument. 
Level 3:  Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement. 
  
In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy.  In such cases, the level 
in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls has been determined based on the lowest level 
input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.  The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular 
input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.  Transfers 
between levels of the fair value hierarchy are recognized on the actual date of the event or circumstance that caused the transfer, which 
generally corresponds with the Company’s quarterly valuation process.  There were no transfers between levels during the years ended 
December 31, 2024 and 2023. 
 
Following is a description of valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities in the tables below: 
  
Restricted Equity Securities-  The carrying amounts of the stock the Company owns in Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) and Federal 
Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) approximate their fair value and are considered a level 2 valuation. 
 

 
F-36 
Deposit liabilities — The fair values estimated for demand deposits (interest and non-interest checking, savings, and certain types of 
money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e. their carrying amounts). 
The carrying amounts for variable-rate, fixed-term money market accounts and certificates of deposit approximate their fair values at 
the reporting date. Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies 
interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of the aggregate expected monthly maturities on time deposits.  The 
fair value of deposits is determined by the Company’s internal assets and liabilities modeling system that accounts for various inputs 
such as decay rates, rate floors, FHLB yield curve, maturities and current rates offered on new accounts.  Fair value on deposits is 
considered a level 3 valuation. 
 
Off-balance-sheet instruments — Fair values for the Bank’s off-balance-sheet lending commitments are based on fees currently 
charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the credit standing of the 
counterparties.  The Company considers the Bank’s off balance sheet instruments to be a level 3 valuation.   
 
The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments not measured at fair value as of December 31, 2024 were as follows: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Hierarchy 
(in thousands) 
 
Carrying 
 
Fair 
 
Valuation 
 
Amount 
 
Value 
 
Level 
Financial assets: 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents 
$ 
168,751 
$
168,751
1 
Restricted equity securities 
6,285 
6,285 
2 
Loans, net 
1,093,514 
1,037,104 
3 
Interest receivable 
8,559 
8,559 
2 
 
 
 
Financial liabilities: 
 
 
 
Deposits 
(1,695,690 ) 
(1,695,342 ) 
3 
Interest payable 
(241 ) 
(241 ) 
2 
 
 
Off-balance-sheet assets (liabilities): 
 
 
Commitments and standby letters of credit 
(1,858) 
3 
 
 
The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments not measured at fair value as of December 31, 2023 were as follows: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Hierarchy 
(in thousands) 
 
Carrying 
 
Fair 
 
Valuation 
 
Amount 
 
Value 
 
Level 
Financial assets: 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents 
$ 
216,568 
$
216,568
1 
Restricted equity securities 
5,956 
5,956 
2 
Loans, net 
1,004,277 
917,242 
3 
Interest receivable 
8,386 
8,386 
2 
 
 
 
Financial liabilities: 
 
 
 
Deposits 
(1,650,534 ) 
(1,649,808 ) 
3 
Interest payable 
(128 ) 
(128 ) 
2 
 
 
Off-balance-sheet assets (liabilities): 
 
 
Commitments and standby letters of credit 
(1,863) 
3 
 
 
 

 
F-37 
The following table presents the carrying value of recurring and nonrecurring financial instruments that were measured at fair value 
and that were still held in the consolidated balance sheets at each respective period end, by level within the fair value hierarchy as of 
December 31, 2024 and 2023. 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2024 Using 
 
(in thousands) 
 
December 31, 
2024 
 
Quoted Prices 
in Active 
Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 
 
Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 
 
Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 
 
Assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis: 
  
  
 
Available-for-sale securities: 
 
 
 
      U.S. agencies 
$ 
87,074 
$
0 
$ 
87,074 
$
0 
      Collateralized mortgage obligations 
 
28,499 
0 
 
28,499 
0 
      Municipalities 
 
322,492 
0 
 
322,492 
0 
      SBA pools 
 
879 
0 
 
879 
0 
      Corporate debt 
 
41,212 
0 
 
41,212 
0 
      Asset backed securities 
 
46,340 
0 
 
46,340 
0 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity Securities: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Mutual fund 
$ 
3,169 
$
3,169 
 $ 
0 
 $
0 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets and liabilities measured on a non-recurring basis: 
N/A 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2023 Using 
 
(in thousands) 
 
December 31, 
2023 
 
Quoted Prices 
in Active 
Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 
 
Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 
 
Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 
 
Assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis: 
 
  
 
Available-for-sale securities: 
 
 
      U.S. agencies 
$ 
80,259 
$
0 
$ 
80,259 
$
0 
      Collateralized mortgage obligations 
 
8,664 
0 
 
8,664 
0 
      Municipalities 
 
328,908 
0 
 
328,908 
0 
      SBA pools 
 
1,395 
0 
 
1,395 
0 
      Corporate debt 
 
43,517 
0 
 
43,517 
0 
      Asset backed securities 
 
55,335 
0 
 
55,335 
0 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity Securities: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Mutual fund 
$ 
3,132 
$
3,132 
 $ 
0 
 $
0 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets and liabilities measured on a non-recurring basis: 
N/A 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-sale and equity securities - Investment securities are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.  Fair value measurement 
is based upon quoted market prices, if available.  If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are measured using independent 
pricing models or other model-based valuation techniques such as the present value of future cash flows, adjusted for the security’s 
credit rating, prepayment assumptions, and other factors such as credit loss assumptions.  Level 1 securities include those traded on an 
active exchange, such as the New York Stock Exchange, U.S. Treasury securities that are traded by dealers or brokers in active over-
the-counter markets and money market funds.  Level 2 securities include mortgage-backed securities issued by government sponsored 
entities, municipal bonds and corporate debt securities.  Securities classified as Level 3 include asset-backed securities in less liquid 
markets where significant inputs are unobservable. 
 

 
F-38 
Loans Evaluated Individually - The Company does not record portfolio loans at fair value on a recurring basis. However, periodically, 
a loan is evaluated individually and is reported at the fair value of the underlying collateral, less estimated costs to sell, if repayment is 
expected solely from the collateral. If the collateral value is not sufficient, a specific reserve is recorded. Collateral values are 
estimated using a combination of observable inputs, including recent appraisals, and unobservable inputs based on customized 
discounting criteria. Due to the significance of unobservable inputs, fair values of individually evaluated collateral dependent loans 
have been classified as Level 3.  As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, there were no individually evaluated collateral dependent loans. 
 
There have been no significant changes in the valuation techniques during the year ended December 31, 2024. 
 
 
 
NOTE 15 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 
 
The Company, in the normal course of business, makes loans and receives deposits from its directors, officers, principal shareholders, 
and their associates. In management’s opinion, these transactions are on substantially the same terms as comparable transactions with 
other customers of the Company. Loans to directors, officers, shareholders, and affiliates are summarized below: 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
(in thousands) 
 
2024 
 
2023 
 
 
 
Aggregate amount outstanding, beginning of year 
$ 
11,046  
$ 
4,055  
New loans or advances during year 
3,623  
9,061  
Repayments during year 
(3,418 ) 
(2,070) 
Aggregate amount outstanding, end of year 
$ 
11,251  
$ 
11,046  
 
Related party deposits totaled $15,200,000 and $10,533,000 at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. 
 
From time to time, some of the Company’s Directors, directly or through affiliates, may perform services for the Bank. These 
activities are performed in the ordinary course of the Bank’s business and are subject to strict compliance with the policies outlined 
below.  In 2024, the Company made payments totaling $236,000 to Crown Painting and Design Studio 120, companies affiliated with 
a Director’s daughter, for renovation and design work performed in connection with various projects and maintenance on the Bank’s 
branches.  In 2023, the Company made payments totaling $250,000 to these same related party companies for similar services.  Except 
for such payments, no other material services or activities were performed for purposes of Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K under the 
Exchange Act. 
 
 
 
NOTE 16 — PROFIT SHARING PLAN 
 
The profit sharing plan to which both the Company and eligible employees contribute was established in 1995. To be eligible, 
employees must complete six months of service and be 21 years of age or older.  Bank contributions are voluntary and at the 
discretion of the Board of Directors. Contributions were approximately $1,228,000 and $1,060,000 for the years ended December 31, 
2024 and 2023, respectively. 
 
 
 
NOTE 17 — RESTRICTIONS ON DIVIDENDS 
 
Under current California State banking laws, the Bank may not pay cash dividends in an amount that exceeds the lesser of retained 
earnings of the Bank or the Bank’s net earnings for its last three fiscal years (less the amount of any distributions to shareholders made 
during that period). If the above requirements are not met, cash dividends may only be paid with the prior approval of the 
Commissioner of the Department of Financial Protection and Innovation, in an amount not exceeding the Bank’s net earnings for its 
last fiscal year or the amount of its net earnings for its current fiscal year. Accordingly, the future payment of cash dividends will 
depend on the Bank’s earnings and its ability to meet its capital requirements. 
 
 
 

 
F-39 
NOTE 18 — OTHER POST-RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS 
 
Certain officers have entered into salary continuation agreements with the Company (the “Salary Continuation Agreements”). Under 
the Salary Continuation Agreements, the participants will be provided with a fixed annual retirement benefit for ten to twenty years 
after retirement.  The Company is also responsible for certain pre-retirement death benefits under the Salary Continuation 
Agreements. In connection with the implementation of the Salary Continuation Agreements, the Company purchased single premium 
life insurance policies on the life of each of the officers covered under the Salary Continuation Agreements.  The Company is the 
owner and partial beneficiary of these life insurance policies. The assets of the Salary Continuation Agreements, under Internal 
Revenue Service regulations, are owned by the Company and are available to satisfy the Company’s general creditors.  In connection 
with the purchase of the life insurance policies, the Company entered into split-dollar life insurance agreements with each of the 
insured officers, which pays the officers’ beneficiaries a pre-determined death benefit amount as set forth in the agreement, with the 
remainder of the death benefit paid to the Company. 
 
During December 2001, the Company adopted a director retirement plan (“DRP”). Under the DRP, the participants will be provided 
with a fixed annual retirement benefit for ten years after retirement. The Company is also responsible for certain pre-retirement death 
benefits under the DRP. In connection with the implementation of the DRP, the Company purchased single premium life insurance 
policies on the life of each director covered under the DRP. The Company is the owner and partial beneficiary of these life insurance 
policies. The assets of the DRP, under Internal Revenue Service regulations, are the property of the Company and are available to 
satisfy the Company’s general creditors. 
 
Future compensation under both types of arrangements is earned for services rendered through retirement. The Company accrues for 
the salary continuation liability based on anticipated years of service and vesting schedules provided under the arrangements. The 
Company’s current benefit liability is determined based on vesting and the present value of the benefits at a corresponding discount 
rate. The discount rate used is an equivalent rate for investment-grade bonds with lives matching those of the service periods 
remaining for the salary continuation contracts, which average approximately ten years.  At December 31, 2024 and 2023, $6,275,000 
and $5,808,000, respectively, has been accrued to date, and is included in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. 
 
The combined cash surrender value of all Bank-owned life insurance policies was $37,558,000 and $31,506,000 at December 31, 
2024 and 2023, respectively.  
 
 
 
NOTE 19 — REGULATORY MATTERS 
 
The Company is regulated by the FRB and is subject to the securities registration and public reporting regulations of the Securities and 
Exchange Commission.  As a California state-chartered bank, the Company’s banking subsidiary is subject to primary supervision, 
examination and regulation by the California Department of Financial Protection and Innovation (DFPI) and the Federal Reserve 
Board. The Federal Reserve Board is the primary federal regulator of state member banks. The Bank is also subject to regulation by 
the FDIC, which insures the Bank’s deposits as permitted by law.  Management is not aware of any recommendations of regulatory 
authorities or otherwise which, if they were to be implemented, would have a material effect on the Company’s or Bank’s liquidity, 
capital resources, or operations. 
 
The U.S. Basel III rules contain capital standards regarding the composition of capital, minimum capital ratios and counter-party 
credit risk capital requirements. The Basel III rules also include a definition of common equity Tier 1 capital and require that certain 
levels of such common equity Tier 1 capital be maintained. The rules also include a capital conservation buffer, which imposes a 
common equity requirement above the new minimum that can be depleted under stress and could result in restrictions on capital 
distributions and discretionary bonuses under certain circumstances, as well as a new standardized approach for calculating risk-
weighted assets. Under the Basel III rules, we must maintain a ratio of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 
4.5%, a ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6%, a ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8% and a 
minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%. In addition to the preceding requirements, all financial institutions subject to the Rules, 
including both the Company and the Bank, are required to establish a "conservation buffer," consisting of common equity Tier 1 
capital, which is at least 2.5% above each of the preceding common equity Tier 1 capital ratio, the Tier 1 risk-based ratio and the total 
risk-based ratio. An institution that does not meet the conservation buffer will be subject to restrictions on certain activities including 
payment of dividends, stock repurchases and discretionary bonuses to executive officers. The conservation buffer became fully 
effective on January 1, 2019.  
 
Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can trigger regulatory actions that could have a material adverse effect on the 
Company’s financial statements and operations. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt 
corrective action, the Company and Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that rely on quantitative measures of assets, liabilities 

 
F-40 
and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s and Bank’s amounts and 
classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. 
 
The Company and Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios at December 31, 2024 and 2023, are presented in the following table. 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(in thousands) 
  
  
  
  
  
Regulatory 
  
 
  
Actual 
  
Minimum 
  
Capital ratios for Bank: 
  
Amount 
  
Ratio 
  
Amount 
  
Ratio 
  
As of December 31, 2024 
 
   
  
  
  
Total capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets) 
 
$
214,899 
15.3% 
$
147,360  
>10.5%  
Tier I capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets) 
 
$
203,093 
14.5% 
$
119,291  
>8.5% 
 
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets) 
$
203,093 
14.5% 
$
98,240 
>7.0% 
Tier I capital (to Average Assets) 
 
$
203,093 
10.5% 
$
77,275  
>4.0% 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2023 
 
   
  
  
  
Total capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets) 
 
$
193,005 
14.7% 
$
137,819  
>10.5%  
Tier I capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets) 
 
$
181,500 
13.8% 
$
111,567  
>8.5% 
 
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets) 
$
181,500 
13.8% 
$
91,879 
>7.0% 
Tier I capital (to Average Assets) 
 
$
181,500 
9.6% 
$
75,303  
>4.0% 
 
 
 
Capital ratios for the Company: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2024 
 
 
 
 
Total capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets) 
$        215,552 
15.4% 
$       147,372  
>10.5% 
Tier I capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets) 
$        203,746 
14.5% 
$       119,301  
>8.5% 
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets) 
$        203,746 
14.5% 
$         98,248  
>7.0% 
Tier I capital (to Average Assets) 
$        203,746 
10.6% 
$         77,283  
>4.0% 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2023 
 
 
 
 
Total capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets) 
$
193,280 
14.7% 
$
137,835 
>10.5% 
Tier I capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets) 
$
181,775 
13.9% 
$
111,851 
>8.5% 
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets) 
$
181,775 
13.9% 
$
91,890 
>7.0% 
Tier I capital (to Average Assets) 
$
181,775 
9.7% 
$
75,306 
>4.0% 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 20 – SEGMENT REPORTING 
 
The Company operates as a single reportable segment, providing a broad range of banking and financial services to individuals, 
businesses, and institutional clients. These services include commercial and consumer lending, deposit products, wealth management, 
and treasury management solutions. The Chief Executive Officer and the President/Chief Operating Officer are the Company’s Chief 
Operating Decision Makers ("CODM"). The CODM regularly evaluates financial performance and allocates resources on a 
consolidated basis.  Some of the financial metrics included in this evaluation are net income, net interest income, net interest margin, 
ROA, operating efficiency ratio, and total assets.  
 
 
 
 
 

 
F-41 
NOTE 21 – VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES 
 
The Company invests in Low-Income Housing Tax Credit ("LIHTC") partnerships that are considered variable interest entities 
("VIEs") under ASC 810, Consolidation. These partnerships are formed to develop and operate affordable housing projects that 
qualify for federal tax credits under Section 42 of the Internal Revenue Code. 
 
The Company evaluates its LIHTC investments to determine whether it has a controlling financial interest in the partnerships. A 
controlling financial interest exists if the Company: 
•Has the power to direct activities that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance; and 
•Has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could be significant. 
 
Based on this assessment, the Company has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of the LIHTC partnerships, as it does not 
control the significant operating decisions. Therefore, these entities are not consolidated in the financial statements. 
 
The Company accounts for its LIHTC investments using the proportional amortization method under ASC 323-740, Investments - 
Equity method and Joint Ventures: Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects. Under this method: 
•The initial investment is recorded as an asset and included in interest receivable and other assets on the balance sheet, and an 
offsetting payable amount is recorded in interest payable and other liabilities on the balance sheet. 
•Tax credits and other tax benefits are recognized as a reduction of income tax expense. 
•The investment is amortized over the period in which the tax credits are received, with amortization recorded as a 
component of income tax expense. 
 
For the year ended December 31, 2024, the income tax credits and tax benefits from deductible losses was $1,942,000 and the 
offsetting amortization was $1,485,000.  For the year ended December 31, 2023, the income tax credits and tax benefits from 
deductible losses was $1,166,000 and the offsetting amortization was $972,000.   
 
As of December 31, 2024, the company had total LIHTC commitments of $15,500,000, of which $10,663,000 had funded and the 
remaining $4,837,000 was unfunded.  As of December 31, 2023, the company had total LIHTC commitments of $15,500,000, of 
which $5,719,000 had funded and the remaining $9,781,000 was unfunded.   
 
 
 
 

 
F-42 
NOTE 22 – PARENT ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS 
 
 
(dollars in thousands) 
December 31,  
December 31,  
ASSETS 
2024 
2023 
Cash 
 
 
$ 
557  
$ 
167  
Investment in bank subsidiary 
182,783  
165,817  
Other assets 
 
 
110   
153  
Total assets 
$ 
183,450  
$ 
166,137  
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Other liabilities 
 
$ 
                           14  
$ 
                           45  
Total liabilities 
$ 
                           14  
$ 
                           45  
Shareholders’ equity 
 
 
 
 
Common stock, no par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized, 
8,357,211 and 8,293,168 shares issued and outstanding at  
December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively 
25,435  
25,435  
Additional paid-in capital 
 
6,199   
5,512  
Retained earnings 
175,502  
154,301  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax 
 
(23,700)  
(19,156) 
Total shareholders’ equity 
183,436  
166,092  
 
 
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity 
$ 
183,450  
$ 
166,137  
 
 
 
 
 

 
F-43 
OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
NOTE 22 – PARENT ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 
 
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 
 
 
(dollars in thousands) 
Year Ended December 31,  
  
2024 
  
  
2023 
INCOME 
Dividends declared by subsidiary 
 
$ 
4,222   
$ 
2,896  
Total income 
4,222  
2,896  
EXPENSES 
 
   
 
   
Salary expense 
160  
146  
Employee benefit expense 
 
  
845   
  
533  
Legal expense 
71  
62  
Other operating expenses 
 
  
101   
  
91  
Total expenses 
1,177  
832  
Income before equity in undistributed income of subsidiary 
3,045   
  
2,064  
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary 
21,510  
28,465  
Income before income tax benefit 
 
  
24,555   
  
30,529  
Income tax benefit 
393  
319  
Net income 
 
$ 
24,948   
$ 
30,848  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
F-44 
OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
NOTE 22 – PARENT ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 
 
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
 
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
(dollars in thousands) 
2024 
2023 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: 
 
 
 
 
Net income 
$ 
24,948  
$ 
30,848  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities: 
 
 
 
 
Undistributed net income of subsidiary 
(21,510) 
(28,465) 
Stock based compensation 
 
845   
533  
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities 
(31) 
44  
Decrease (increase) in other assets 
 
43   
(101) 
Net cash from operating activities 
4,295  
2,859  
 
 
 
 
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 
Shareholder cash dividends paid 
 
(3,747)  
(2,646) 
Tax withholding payments on vested restricted shares surrendered 
(158) 
(211) 
Net cash used in financing activities 
 
(3,905)  
(2,857) 
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 
 
390   
2  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period 
 
167   
165  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period 
$ 
557  
$ 
167  
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid during the year for income taxes 
$ 
6,385  
$ 
10,449  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 23.1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 
 
 
 
   
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (No. 333-158201 and No. 333-225950) on Form S-8 of 
Oak Valley Bancorp of our report dated March 31, 2025, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Oak Valley Bancorp this 
Annual Report to Shareholders, which is incorporated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Oak Valley Bancorp for the year ended 
December 31, 2024.  
 
/s/ RSM US LLP 
  
Dallas, Texas 
March 31, 2025 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT 31.01 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE 
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 
 
I, Christopher M. Courtney, Chief Executive Officer, certify that: 
 
1. 
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Oak Valley Bancorp (the Registrant); 
2. 
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report; 
3. 
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report; 
4. 
The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a -15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have: 
(a) 
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is 
being prepared; 
(b) 
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles; 
(c) 
evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report based on such evaluation; and 
(d) 
disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that 
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial 
reporting; and 
5. 
The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of Registrant’s Board of Directors: 
(a) 
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 
reporting, which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and 
(b) 
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves Management or other employees who have a significant role in the 
Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 
 
 
Dated: March 31, 2025 
/s/ Christopher M. Courtney 
Christopher M. Courtney 
Chief Executive Officer 
 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT 31.02 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE 
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 
 
I, Jeffrey A. Gall, Chief Financial Officer, certify that: 
 
1. 
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Oak Valley Bancorp (the Registrant); 
2. 
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report; 
3. 
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report; 
4. 
The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have: 
(a) 
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report 
is being prepared; 
(b) 
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles; 
(c) 
evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report based on such evaluation; and 
(d) 
disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that 
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial 
reporting; and 
5. 
The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of Registrant’s Board of Directors: 
(a) 
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 
reporting, which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and 
(b) 
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves Management or other employees who have a significant role in the 
Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 
Dated: March 31, 2025 
/s/ Jeffrey A. Gall 
Jeffrey A. Gall 
Chief Financial Officer 
 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT 32.01 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE 
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 
 
In connection with the annual report on Form 10-K of Oak Valley Bancorp (the Registrant) for the year ended December 31, 2024, as 
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the undersigned hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted 
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: 
 
1) 
such Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; 
and 
 
2) 
the information contained in such Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results 
of operations of the Registrant. 
 
 
Dated: March 31, 2025 
/s/ Christopher M. Courtney 
Christopher M. Courtney 
Chief Executive Officer 
Dated: March 31, 2025 
/s/ Jeffrey A. Gall 
Jeffrey A. Gall 
Chief Financial Officer 
 
 
This certification accompanies each report pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not, except to the extent 
required by the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed by the Registrant for purposes of section 18 of the Securities and Exchange 
Act of 1934, as amended.